Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students Undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng/ BEng +DIS /BEng + DIntS/ BEng + DPS |
Programme title | Manufacturing Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB01 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma of International Studies (DIntS) The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H710/HH1T |
Admissions criteria |
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The overall aim of this programme is to develop students with core knowledge, skills and attributes able to work effectively and progress rapidly in manufacturing industries. This is undertaken through taught courses that cover the essential engineering and management disciplines supported by practical and transferable skills development.
Specific aims are:
• A1. To produce engineering graduates ready to play a substantial role in manufacturing companies through a combination of technical, commercial and social awareness.
• A2. To provide a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering status.
• A3. To deliver core subjects in engineering science, mathematics, manufacturing processes and technologies that underpin a career in manufacturing engineering.
• A4. To provide a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of manufacturing technologies, manufacturing management, design for manufacture and engineering design
• A5. To develop analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to solve problems individually and in teams, and gain employment in a wide variety of professions, and thereby make a valuable contribution to society and wealth creation.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct. 2019).
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. The underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
- K2. Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K3. Codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing engineering;
- K4. Management techniques to organise manufacturing engineering activities and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
- K5. The importance of sustainable development, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. The characteristics of engineering materials, manufacturing processes and technologies.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Identify a manufacturing related problem, evaluate its requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider a range of constraints including production capabilities, sustainability and economics;
- C2. Apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and assess such solutions;
- C3. Apply mathematical and scientific methods to the analysis of manufacturing related problems making appropriate allowance for uncertainty in the available data;
- C4. Appreciate the role and constraints of engineers in other disciplines.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Use appropriate computer software and computational techniques;
- P2. Use appropriate laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
- P3. Research information relating to manufacturing technologies and their management;
- P4. Prepare engineering drawings and technical reports and give technical presentations;
- P5. Demonstrate organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
- T2. Gather and collate key technical information from a range of sources;
- T3. Communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. Operate and apply a range of computer based information systems;
- T5. Monitor and adjust a personal programme of work on an on-going basis and learn independently;
- T6. Work in a team and understand the different roles;
- T7. Structure, plan and manage individual and group projects and activities.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (80 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 | Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA505 | Integrating Studies (Sem1 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB600 | Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB201 | Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation | 10 |
WSB505 | Manufacturing Design | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB203 |
Manufacturing Planning and Control |
10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 10 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.
One Module (10 credits) must be selected from Group A.
Three modules (30 credits) must be selected from Groups B, C and D with no more than ONE module from each group.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
Optional Modules
Students should select modules totalling 10 credits
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC201 | Oganisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
WSC108 | Manufacturing Automation and Control | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 30 credits)
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product Innovation Management | 10 |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
All module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Part C - Semester One at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The Mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.
The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an individual project with a modular weight of 20 credits.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students Undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng/ BEng +DIS /BEng + DIntS/ BEng + DPS |
Programme title | Manufacturing Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB01 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H710, HH1T |
Admissions criteria |
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The overall aim of this programme is to develop students with core knowledge, skills and attributes able to work effectively and progress rapidly in manufacturing industries. This is undertaken through taught courses that cover the essential engineering and management disciplines supported by practical and transferable skills development.
Specific aims are:
• A1. To produce engineering graduates ready to play a substantial role in manufacturing companies through a combination of technical, commercial and social awareness.
• A2. To provide a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering status.
• A3. To deliver core subjects in engineering science, mathematics, manufacturing processes and technologies that underpin a career in manufacturing engineering.
• A4. To provide a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of manufacturing technologies, manufacturing management, design for manufacture and engineering design
• A5. To develop analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to solve problems individually and in teams, and gain employment in a wide variety of professions, and thereby make a valuable contribution to society and wealth creation.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct. 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. The underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
- K2. Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K3. Codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing engineering;
- K4. Management techniques to organise manufacturing engineering activities and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
- K5. The importance of sustainable development, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. The characteristics of engineering materials, manufacturing processes and technologies.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Identify a manufacturing related problem, evaluate its requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider a range of constraints including production capabilities, sustainability and economics;
- C2. Apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and assess such solutions;
- C3. Apply mathematical and scientific methods to the analysis of manufacturing related problems making appropriate allowance for uncertainty in the available data;
- C4. Appreciate the role and constraints of engineers in other disciplines.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Use appropriate computer software and computational techniques;
- P2. Use appropriate laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
- P3. Research information relating to manufacturing technologies and their management;
- P4. Prepare engineering drawings and technical reports and give technical presentations;
- P5. Demonstrate organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
- T2. Gather and collate key technical information from a range of sources;
- T3. Communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. Operate and apply a range of computer based information systems;
- T5. Monitor and adjust a personal programme of work on an on-going basis and learn independently;
- T6. Work in a team and understand the different roles;
- T7. Structure, plan and manage individual and group projects and activities.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 | Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA501 | Integrating Studies 1a | 10 |
WSA610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSA504 | Integrating Studies | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Intergrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB600 | Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB201 | Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation | 10 |
WSB505 | Manufacturing Design | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB203 | Manufacturing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 10 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.
One Module (10 credits) must be selected from Group A.
Three modules (30 credits) must be selected from Groups B, C and D with no more than ONE module from each group.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
Optional Modules (10 credits)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC201 | Oganisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
WSC108 | Manufacturing Automation and Control | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
Optional Modules (30 Credits)
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product innovation Management | 10 |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 |
MPC012 | Ploymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
All module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Part C - Semester One at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.
The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an individual project with a modular weight of 20 credits.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students Undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng/ BEng +DIS /BEng + DIntS/ BEng + DPS |
Programme title | Manufacturing Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB01 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H710, HH1T |
Admissions criteria |
|
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The overall aim of this programme is to develop students with core knowledge, skills and attributes able to work effectively and progress rapidly in manufacturing industries. This is undertaken through taught courses that cover the essential engineering and management disciplines supported by practical and transferable skills development.
Specific aims are:
• A1. To produce engineering graduates ready to play a substantial role in manufacturing companies through a combination of technical, commercial and social awareness.
• A2. To provide a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering status.
• A3. To deliver core subjects in engineering science, mathematics, manufacturing processes and technologies that underpin a career in manufacturing engineering.
• A4. To provide a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of manufacturing technologies, manufacturing management, design for manufacture and engineering design
• A5. To develop analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to solve problems individually and in teams, and gain employment in a wide variety of professions, and thereby make a valuable contribution to society and wealth creation.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. The underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
- K2. Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K3. Codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing engineering;
- K4. Management techniques to organise manufacturing engineering activities and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
- K5. The importance of sustainable development, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. The characteristics of engineering materials, manufacturing processes and technologies.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Identify a manufacturing related problem, evaluate its requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider a range of constraints including production capabilities, sustainability and economics;
- C2. Apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and assess such solutions;
- C3. Apply mathematical and scientific methods to the analysis of manufacturing related problems making appropriate allowance for uncertainty in the available data;
- C4. Appreciate the role and constraints of engineers in other disciplines.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Use appropriate computer software and computational techniques;
- P2. Use appropriate laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
- P3. Research information relating to manufacturing technologies and their management;
- P4. Prepare engineering drawings and technical reports and give technical presentations;
- P5. Demonstrate organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
- T2. Gather and collate key technical information from a range of sources;
- T3. Communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. Operate and apply a range of computer based information systems;
- T5. Monitor and adjust a personal programme of work on an on-going basis and learn independently;
- T6. Work in a team and understand the different roles;
- T7. Structure, plan and manage individual and group projects and activities.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 | Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA501 | Integrating Studies 1a | 10 |
WSA610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSA504 | Integrating Studies | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Intergrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB600 | Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB201 | Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation | 10 |
WSB505 | Manufacturing Design | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB203 | Manufacturing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
For those students who undertook a placement during the 19/20 academic year.
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options (O) in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two, with no more than ONE module from each group.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive MAnufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC201 | Oganisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC400 | Design for Assembly | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC108 | Manufacturing Atomation and Control | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
Optional Modules (30 Credits)
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product innovation Management | 10 |
WSC300 | Product Information Systems - Computer Aided Design | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 |
MPC012 | Ploymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
For those students who DID NOT take a placement during the 19/20 academic year.
Students must choose 10 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.
One module (10 credits) must be selected from Group A.
Three modules (30 credits) mus be selected from Groups B, C or D with no more than ONE module from each group.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC201 | Oganisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive MAnufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
WSC108 | Manufacturing Atomation and Control | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 Credits)
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product innovation Management | 10 |
WSC300 | Product Information Systems - Computer Aided Design | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 |
MPC012 | Ploymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
All module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Part C - Semester One at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The Mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.
The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an individual project with a modular weight of 10 credits.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) |
Final award | BEng/ BEng + DIS/BEng + DPS/ BEng + DIntS |
Programme title | Product Design Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB02 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H715 / HH1R |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This programme seeks to provide a fully accredited engineering degree course that bridges the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design.
The design content is interdisciplinary and applicable to products, processes and systems. It aims to support the acquisition of design engineering skills and provide an integrating theme to develop goal-directed thinking and problem-solving strategies applicable to a wide range of problems.
• A1. To deliver systematic knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
• A2. To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills.
• A3. To develop the ability to solve engineering problems, some complex, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
• A4. To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
• A5. To gain knowledge of human and project management theory.
• A6. To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design and manufacturing engineering;
- K2. engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K3. the design process and design methodologies;
- K4. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues as applicable to a career in product design engineering;
- K5. management techniques and business practices and of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
- K6. intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
- K7. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. define a design engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
- C2. interpret numerical data and apply mathematical methods to the analysis of engineering design problems;
- C3. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
- C4. demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, environment and safety as applied to design and manufacture;
- C5. show initiative, innovation and intellect in problem solving.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
- P2. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
- P3. research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
- P4. communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
- P5. prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P6. demonstrate an understanding of manufacturing technology in relation to design and production;
- P7. demonstrate basic organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. design and implement basic computer-based information systems;
- T5. work independently;
- T6. work in a team;
- T7. organise and manage time and resources effectively.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (100 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 | Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA401 | Product Design (Ergonomics and Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA505 | Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA900 | Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB504 | Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB400 | Industrial Design | 10 |
WSB610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | MAchine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester One.
Students MUST choose 40 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester Two, with no more than 10 credits from each group.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC501 | individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Enigineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC201 | Organisational Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing and Product Development | 10 |
WSC900 |
Computer Control and Instrumentation |
10 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 30 credits, with no mored that 10 from each group)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning & Control | 10 |
WSC206 | Product Innovation Management | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Study Overseas
Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director. The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an Individual Project with a modular weight of 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) |
Final award | BEng/ BEng + DIS/BEng + DPS/ BEng + DInts |
Programme title | Product Design Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB02 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H715 / HH1R |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This programme seeks to provide a fully accredited engineering degree course that bridges the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design.
The design content is interdisciplinary and applicable to products, processes and systems. It aims to support the acquisition of design engineering skills and provide an integrating theme to develop goal-directed thinking and problem-solving strategies applicable to a wide range of problems.
• A1. To deliver systematic knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
• A2. To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills.
• A3. To develop the ability to solve engineering problems, some complex, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
• A4. To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
• A5. To gain knowledge of human and project management theory.
• A6. To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design and manufacturing engineering;
- K2. engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K3. the design process and design methodologies;
- K4. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues as applicable to a career in product design engineering;
- K5. management techniques and business practices and of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
- K6. intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
- K7. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. define a design engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
- C2. interpret numerical data and apply mathematical methods to the analysis of engineering design problems;
- C3. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
- C4. demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, environment and safety as applied to design and manufacture;
- C5. show initiative, innovation and intellect in problem solving.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
- P2. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
- P3. research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
- P4. communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
- P5. prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P6. demonstrate an understanding of manufacturing technology in relation to design and production;
- P7. demonstrate basic organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. design and implement basic computer-based information systems;
- T5. work independently;
- T6. work in a team;
- T7. organise and manage time and resources effectively.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (80 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 | Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA401 | Product Design (Ergonomics and Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA501 | Intergrating Studies |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA504 | Intergrating Studies 1b | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Intergrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB504 | Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB400 | Industrial Design | 10 |
WSB610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester One.
Students MUST choose 40 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester Two, with no more than 10 credits from each group.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC501 | individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Enigineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC201 | Organisational Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing and Product Development | 10 |
WSC900 |
Computer Control and Instrumentation |
10 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 40 credits, with no more that 10 from each group)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning & Control | 10 |
WSC206 | Product Innovation Management | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Study Overseas
Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director. The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an Individual Project with a modular weight of 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) |
Final award | BEng/ BEng + DIS/BEng + DPS/ BEng + DInts |
Programme title | Product Design Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB02 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H715 / HH1R |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This programme seeks to provide a fully accredited engineering degree course that bridges the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design.
The design content is interdisciplinary and applicable to products, processes and systems. It aims to support the acquisition of design engineering skills and provide an integrating theme to develop goal-directed thinking and problem-solving strategies applicable to a wide range of problems.
• A1. To deliver systematic knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
• A2. To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills.
• A3. To develop the ability to solve engineering problems, some complex, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
• A4. To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
• A5. To gain knowledge of human and project management theory.
• A6. To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design and manufacturing engineering;
- K2. engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K3. the design process and design methodologies;
- K4. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues as applicable to a career in product design engineering;
- K5. management techniques and business practices and of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
- K6. intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
- K7. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. define a design engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
- C2. interpret numerical data and apply mathematical methods to the analysis of engineering design problems;
- C3. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
- C4. demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, environment and safety as applied to design and manufacture;
- C5. show initiative, innovation and intellect in problem solving.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
- P2. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
- P3. research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
- P4. communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
- P5. prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P6. demonstrate an understanding of manufacturing technology in relation to design and production;
- P7. demonstrate basic organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. design and implement basic computer-based information systems;
- T5. work independently;
- T6. work in a team;
- T7. organise and manage time and resources effectively.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (80 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 | Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA401 | Product Design (Ergonomics and Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA501 | Intergrating Studies 1a |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA504 | Intergrating Studies 1b | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Intergrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB504 | Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB400 | Industrial Design | 10 |
WSB610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | MAchine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester One.
Students MUST choose 40 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester Two, with no more than 10 credits from each group.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC501 | individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Enigineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC400 | Design for Assembly | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisational Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing and Product Development | 10 |
WSC900 |
Computer Control and Instrumentation |
10 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 30 credits, with no mored that 10 from each group)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning & Control | 10 |
WSC206 | Product Innovation Management | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC300 | Product information Systems - Computer Aided Design | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Study Overseas
Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director. The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an Individual Project with a modular weight of 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | BEng /BEng DIS/BEng DPS /BEng DIntS |
Programme title | Mechanical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB03 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H300, H301 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This fully accredited degree programme delivers the technical and business skills that are required for a successful career as a professional mechanical engineer. The curriculum has been designed to meet the needs of industry; providing a strong academic foundation while inspiring students to be creative and communicate their ideas clearly by way of industrially based design projects. On completion of the programme, students will have acquired a broad base of engineering knowledge and experience. They will be self-reliant and able to contribute productively in team situations. The programme provides the flexibility for students to choose a wide variety of career paths and specialisms in their final year.
Aims:
- A1. To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems;
- A2. To provide a high quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems;
- A3. To promote high quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
- A4. To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
- A5. To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering;
- A6. To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019)
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. The underpinning scientific mathematical and engineering principles associated with mechanical engineering;
- K2. The characteristics of engineering material, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
- K3. Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K4. Relevant codes of Practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for sale, operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K6. Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
- K7. Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of the engineering business;
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Use the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
- C2. Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
- C3. Integrate, evaluate and make use of information from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
- C4. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
- C5. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering systems, components and products;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Use laboratory and basic workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P4. Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process;
- P5. Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P6. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P7. Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Demonstrate basic organisational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T3. Select and analyse appropriate engineering techniques and tools;
- T4. Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T5. Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
- T6. Develop work plans, take responsibility for its execution, organise and manage time and resources effectively;
- T7. Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning/CPD.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (100 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
MAA310 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA101 | Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA508 | Engineering Principles and Professional Skills (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA800 | Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA901 | Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA100 | Mechanics of Materials | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB300 | Engineering Computation (Sem 1:5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) | 10 |
WSB500 | Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
MAB110 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 3 | 10 |
WSB100 | Mechanics of Materials 2 | 10 |
WSB101 | Engineering Dynamics 2 | 10 |
WSB104 | Control Engineering | 10 |
WSB800 | Thermodynamics 2 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB045 | Electrical Power and Machines | 10 |
WSB403 | Design of Machine Elements | 10 |
WSB404 | Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) | 10 |
WSB801 | Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSB802 | Fluid Mechanics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC504 | Applied Engineering Design and Analysis | 10 |
Optional Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.
TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.
TWO or THREE modules (total 30 credits) must be selected from Group D, E, F or G. No more than ONE module must be selected from each group.
Group A
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSC801 | Advanced Heat Transfer | 10 | 1 |
WSC804 | Energy System Analysis | 10 | 1 |
WSC910 | Laser Materials Processing | 10 | 1 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSC104 | Robotics and Control | 10 | 1 |
WSC107 | Contacts Mechanics: Tribology | 10 | 1 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 | 1 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 | 1 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 | 1 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 | 2 |
WSC802 | Computation Fluid Dynamics 1 | 10 | 2 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing & Manufacture | 10 | 2 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSC101 | Vibration and Noise | 10 | 1 |
WSC105 | Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery | 10 | 2 |
Group F
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSC301 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 | 2 |
WSC800 | Internal Combustion Engines | 20 | 2 |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion | 10 | 2 |
MPC014 | Materials in Service | 10 | 2 |
MPC102 | Fracture and Failure | 10 | 2 |
Group G
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 | 2 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 (only) during their Part D, at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the programme director for their course. An acceptable learning programme should, where possible, include a group project and studies at an advanced/masters level.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio Part B - 40 : Part C - 60 to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | BEng /BEng DIS/BEng DPS /BEng DInts |
Programme title | Mechanical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB03 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H300, H301 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This fully accredited degree programme delivers the technical and business skills that are required for a successful career as a professional mechanical engineer. The curriculum has been designed to meet the needs of industry; providing a strong academic foundation while inspiring students to be creative and communicate their ideas clearly by way of industrially based design projects. On completion of the programme, students will have acquired a broad base of engineering knowledge and experience. They will be self-reliant and able to contribute productively in team situations. The programme provides the flexibility for students to choose a wide variety of career paths and specialisms in their final year.
Aims:
- A1. To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems;
- A2. To provide a high quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems;
- A3. To promote high quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
- A4. To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
- A5. To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering;
- A6. To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct.2019)
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. The underpinning scientific mathematical and engineering principles associated with mechanical engineering;
- K2. The characteristics of engineering material, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
- K3. Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K4. Relevant codes of Practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for sale, operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K6. Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
- K7. Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of the engineering business;
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Use the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
- C2. Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
- C3. Integrate, evaluate and make use of information from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
- C4. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
- C5. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering systems, components and products;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Use laboratory and basic workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P4. Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process;
- P5. Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P6. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P7. Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Demonstrate basic organisational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T3. Select and analyse appropriate engineering techniques and tools;
- T4. Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T5. Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
- T6. Develop work plans, take responsibility for its execution, organise and manage time and resources effectively;
- T7. Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning/CPD.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (100 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
MAA310 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA101 | Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA508 | Engineering Principles and Professional Skills (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA800 | Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA901 | Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA100 | Mechanics of Materials | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB300 | Engineering Computation (Sem 1:5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) | 10 |
WSB500 | Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
MAB110 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 3 | 10 |
WSB100 | Mechanics of Materials 2 | 10 |
WSB101 | Engineering Dynamics 2 | 10 |
WSB104 | Control Engineering | 10 |
WSB800 | Thermodynamics 2 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB045 | Electrical Power and Machines | 10 |
WSB403 | Design of Machine Elements | 10 |
WSB404 | Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) | 10 |
WSB801 | Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSB802 | Fluid Mechanics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC504 | Applied Engineering Design and Analysis | 10 |
Optional Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 40 credits in Semester Two.
TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.
THREE or FOUR modules (total 40 credits) must be selected from Group D, E, F or G. No more than ONE module must be selected from each group.
Semester 1
Optional modules (20 credits)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC801 | Advanced Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSC804 | Energy System Analysis | 10 |
WSC910 | Laser Materials Processing | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC104 | Robotics and Control | 10 |
WSC107 | Contacts Mechanics: Tribology | 10 |
WSC900 | Laser Material Processing | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
Semester 2
Optional modules (40 credits)
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 |
WSC802 | Computation Fluid Dynamics 1 | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC101 | Vibration and Noise | 10 |
WSC105 | Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery | 10 |
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC031 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 |
WSC800 | Internal Combustion Engines | 20 |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion | 10 |
MPC102 | Fracture and Failure | 10 |
Group G
Code | Title | Credits |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
MPC014 | Materials in Service | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio Part B - 40 : Part C - 60 to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | BEng /BEng DIS/BEng DPS /BEng DInts |
Programme title | Mechanical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB03 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H300, H301 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This fully accredited degree programme delivers the technical and business skills that are required for a successful career as a professional mechanical engineer. The curriculum has been designed to meet the needs of industry; providing a strong academic foundation while inspiring students to be creative and communicate their ideas clearly by way of industrially based design projects. On completion of the programme, students will have acquired a broad base of engineering knowledge and experience. They will be self-reliant and able to contribute productively in team situations. The programme provides the flexibility for students to choose a wide variety of career paths and specialisms in their final year.
Aims:
- A1. To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems;
- A2. To provide a high quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems;
- A3. To promote high quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
- A4. To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
- A5. To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering;
- A6. To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct.2019)
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. The underpinning scientific mathematical and engineering principles associated with mechanical engineering;
- K2. The characteristics of engineering material, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
- K3. Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K4. Relevant codes of Practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for sale, operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K6. Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
- K7. Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of the engineering business;
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Use the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
- C2. Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
- C3. Integrate, evaluate and make use of information from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
- C4. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
- C5. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering systems, components and products;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Use laboratory and basic workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P4. Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process;
- P5. Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P6. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P7. Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Demonstrate basic organisational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T3. Select and analyse appropriate engineering techniques and tools;
- T4. Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T5. Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
- T6. Develop work plans, take responsibility for its execution, organise and manage time and resources effectively;
- T7. Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning/CPD.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (100 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
MAA310 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA101 | Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA508 | Engineering Principles and Professional Skills (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA800 | Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA901 | Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA100 | Mechanics of Materials | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB300 | Engineering Computation (Sem 1:5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) | 10 |
WSB500 | Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
MAB110 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 3 | 10 |
WSB100 | Mechanics of Materials 2 | 10 |
WSB104 | Control Engineering | 10 |
WSB800 | Thermodynamics 2 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB045 | Electrical Power and Machines | 10 |
WSB403 | Design of Machine Elements | 10 |
WSB404 | Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) | 10 |
WSB801 | Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSB802 | Fluid Mechanics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC504 | Applied Engineering Design and Analysis | 10 |
Optional Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 40 credits in Semester Two.
TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.
THREE or FOUR modules (total 40 credits) must be selected from Group D, E, F or G. No more than ONE module must be selected from each group.
Semester 1
Optional modules (20 credits)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC801 | Advanced Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSC804 | Energy System Analysis | 10 |
WSC910 | Laser Materials Processing | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC104 | Robotics and Control | 10 |
WSC107 | Contacts Mechanics: Tribology | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
Semester 2
Optional modules (40 credits)
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 |
WSC802 | Computation Fluid Dynamics 1 | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC101 | Vibration and Noise | 10 |
WSC105 | Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery | 10 |
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC031 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 |
WSC800 | Internal Combustion Engines | 20 |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion | 10 |
MPC102 | Fracture and Failure | 10 |
Group G
Code | Title | Credits |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
MPC014 | Materials in Service | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio Part B - 40 : Part C - 60 to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Engineering Management (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | BEng / BEng + DPS / BEng + DIS / BEng + DIntS |
Programme title | Engineering Management |
Programme code | WSUB04 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies or the Diploma of International Studies. |
UCAS code | N290/N291 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This programme is aimed at:
- A1. Educating engineering management graduates ready to play a substantial role in industrial companies through a substantive base of knowledge and understanding at the forefront of the discipline of engineering and manufacturing.
- A2. Providing a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering management status.
- A3. Providing a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of engineering design and technologies, management models and methodologies, marketing, finance, and business in engineering.
- A4. Preparing graduates to apply organisational and project management, team building, and leadership skills in engineering.
- A5. Developing analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to gain employment in a wide variety of professional roles and to take an ethical approach in making a valuable contribution to society.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the engineering principles and their application to the analysis of key engineering processes;
- K2. the application of quantitative, analytical, modelling and computational methods in order to identify, classify and describe the performance of systems and components and to solve engineering problems and to implement appropriate actions;
- K3. the requirement for engineering activities to promote sustainable development and the application of quantitative techniques where appropriate;
- K4. working with information that may be incomplete or uncertain and quantify the effect of this on the design;
- K5. the evaluation of business, customer and user needs, including considerations such as the wider engineering context, public perception and aesthetics;
- K6. the engineering and business problems, identifying any constraints including environmental and sustainability limitations; ethical, health, safety, security and risk issues, intellectual property; codes of practice and standards;
- K7. the commercial, economic and social context of engineering processes;
- K8. the management techniques, including project management, that may be used to achieve engineering objectives, including the planning and managing the design process, including cost drivers, and evaluate outcomes;
- K9. awareness of relevant legal requirements governing engineering activities, including personnel, health & safety, contract, intellectual property rights, product safety and liability issues;
- K10. the risk issues, including health & safety, environmental and commercial risk, and risk assessment and risk management techniques.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. appreciate the broad range of influences and activities within the engineering processes and explain their significance;
- C2. evaluate technical and commercial risk and make decision based on available information;
- C3. address human factors considerations in engineering processes and design;
- C4. analyse engineering problems to assist in the management of engineering processes;
- C5. identify solutions to engineering problems from a sustainable/environmental standpoint;
- C6. contribute to the innovation development of a new product and its introduction to the market.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use the design and manufacturing processes to plan and manage engineering projects;
- P2. plan and implement re-organisation of a company for increased effectiveness;
- P3. make effective use of graphical and modelling techniques for design development and communication;
- P4. adopt strategies for non-quantifiable engineering issues;
- P5. select suitable computer based techniques for engineering management problems;
- P6. generate new ideas and develop and evaluate a range of solutions;
- P7. knowledge of characteristics of particular materials, equipment, processes or products;
- P8. knowledge of relevant legal and contractual issues;
- P9. understanding of appropriate codes of practice and industry standards;
- P10. awareness of quality issues and their application to continuous improvement;
- P11. understanding of, and the ability to work in, different roles within an engineering team.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- T1. plan and monitor multi-disciplinary projects;
- T2. appreciate the central role of management within engineering;
- T3. communicate effectively and make presentations of a technical/business nature to achieve maximum impact;
- T4. identify methods to assist in innovation, team-working and engineering communication;
- T5. demonstrate competence in using computer based engineering techniques;
- T6. adopt systematic approach to integrating design requirements, materials and structures;
- T7. use time and resources effectively;
- T8. exercise initiative and personal responsibility, which may be as a team member or leader.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A – Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (80 credits)
Code | Title | Modular Weight |
MAA307 | Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA505 | Integrating Studies (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (20 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
BSA505 | Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
WSA400 | MAnufacturing Design 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronics and Electrical Technology | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB600 | Manufacturing Process and Technology (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Modular Weight |
BSB030 | Marketing | 10 |
WSB201 | Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB505 | Manufacturing Design | 10 |
WSB610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
BSB135 | Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB203 | Manufactuing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSB204 | Management of the Human Resource | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 30 Credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 Credits)
Code | Title | Modular Weight |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisational Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Sport Equipment Industry | 10 |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
WSD606 | Industrial Sustainability | 10 |
Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Study Overseas
Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director. The proposed programme of learning will include work on an Individual Project.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Engineering Management (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | BEng / BEng + DPS / BEng + DIS / BEng + DInts |
Programme title | Engineering Management |
Programme code | WSUB04 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies or the Diploma of International Studies. |
UCAS code | N290/N291 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This programme is aimed at:
- A1. Educating engineering management graduates ready to play a substantial role in industrial companies through a substantive base of knowledge and understanding at the forefront of the discipline of engineering and manufacturing.
- A2. Providing a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering management status.
- A3. Providing a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of engineering design and technologies, management models and methodologies, marketing, finance, and business in engineering.
- A4. Preparing graduates to apply organisational and project management, team building, and leadership skills in engineering.
- A5. Developing analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to gain employment in a wide variety of professional roles and to take an ethical approach in making a valuable contribution to society.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the engineering principles and their application to the analysis of key engineering processes;
- K2. the application of quantitative, analytical, modelling and computational methods in order to identify, classify and describe the performance of systems and components and to solve engineering problems and to implement appropriate actions;
- K3. the requirement for engineering activities to promote sustainable development and the application of quantitative techniques where appropriate;
- K4. working with information that may be incomplete or uncertain and quantify the effect of this on the design;
- K5. the evaluation of business, customer and user needs, including considerations such as the wider engineering context, public perception and aesthetics;
- K6. the engineering and business problems, identifying any constraints including environmental and sustainability limitations; ethical, health, safety, security and risk issues, intellectual property; codes of practice and standards;
- K7. the commercial, economic and social context of engineering processes;
- K8. the management techniques, including project management, that may be used to achieve engineering objectives, including the planning and managing the design process, including cost drivers, and evaluate outcomes;
- K9. awareness of relevant legal requirements governing engineering activities, including personnel, health & safety, contract, intellectual property rights, product safety and liability issues;
- K10. the risk issues, including health & safety, environmental and commercial risk, and risk assessment and risk management techniques.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. appreciate the broad range of influences and activities within the engineering processes and explain their significance;
- C2. evaluate technical and commercial risk and make decision based on available information;
- C3. address human factors considerations in engineering processes and design;
- C4. analyse engineering problems to assist in the management of engineering processes;
- C5. identify solutions to engineering problems from a sustainable/environmental standpoint;
- C6. contribute to the innovation development of a new product and its introduction to the market.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use the design and manufacturing processes to plan and manage engineering projects;
- P2. plan and implement re-organisation of a company for increased effectiveness;
- P3. make effective use of graphical and modelling techniques for design development and communication;
- P4. adopt strategies for non-quantifiable engineering issues;
- P5. select suitable computer based techniques for engineering management problems;
- P6. generate new ideas and develop and evaluate a range of solutions;
- P7. knowledge of characteristics of particular materials, equipment, processes or products;
- P8. knowledge of relevant legal and contractual issues;
- P9. understanding of appropriate codes of practice and industry standards;
- P10. awareness of quality issues and their application to continuous improvement;
- P11. understanding of, and the ability to work in, different roles within an engineering team.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- T1. plan and monitor multi-disciplinary projects;
- T2. appreciate the central role of management within engineering;
- T3. communicate effectively and make presentations of a technical/business nature to achieve maximum impact;
- T4. identify methods to assist in innovation, team-working and engineering communication;
- T5. demonstrate competence in using computer based engineering techniques;
- T6. adopt systematic approach to integrating design requirements, materials and structures;
- T7. use time and resources effectively;
- T8. exercise initiative and personal responsibility, which may be as a team member or leader.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A – Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Modular Weight |
MAA307 | Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials & Manufacturing Processes | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (30 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA505 | Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
WSA400 | Manufacturing Design 1 | 10 |
WSA501 | Intergratiing Studies 1a | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSA504 | Intergrating Studies 1b | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronics and Electrical Technology | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB600 | Manufacturing Process and Technology (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Modular Weight |
BSB030 | Marketing | 10 |
WSB201 | Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB505 | Manufacturing Design | 10 |
WSB610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
BSB135 | Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB203 | Manufactuing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSB204 | Management of the Human Resource | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1:20 Credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 Credits)
Code | Title | Modular Weight |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisational Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Sport Equipment Industry | 10 |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
WSD606 | Industrial Sustainability | 10 |
Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC300 | Product information Systems - Computer Aided Design | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Study Overseas
Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director. The proposed programme of learning will include work on an Individual Project.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Engineering Management (Students undertaking part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | BEng / BEng + DPS / BEng + DIS / BEng + DInts BSc / BSc + DPS / BSc + DIS / BSc + DIntS |
Programme title | Engineering Management |
Programme code | WSUB04 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies or the Diploma of International Studies. |
UCAS code | N290/N291 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This programme is aimed at:
- A1. Educating engineering management graduates ready to play a substantial role in industrial companies through a substantive base of knowledge and understanding at the forefront of the discipline of engineering and manufacturing.
- A2. Providing a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering management status.
- A3. Providing a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of engineering design and technologies, management models and methodologies, marketing, finance, and business in engineering.
- A4. Preparing graduates to apply organisational and project management, team building, and leadership skills in engineering.
- A5. Developing analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to gain employment in a wide variety of professional roles and to take an ethical approach in making a valuable contribution to society.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the engineering principles and their application to the analysis of key engineering processes;
- K2. the application of quantitative, analytical, modelling and computational methods in order to identify, classify and describe the performance of systems and components and to solve engineering problems and to implement appropriate actions;
- K3. the requirement for engineering activities to promote sustainable development and the application of quantitative techniques where appropriate;
- K4. working with information that may be incomplete or uncertain and quantify the effect of this on the design;
- K5. the evaluation of business, customer and user needs, including considerations such as the wider engineering context, public perception and aesthetics;
- K6. the engineering and business problems, identifying any constraints including environmental and sustainability limitations; ethical, health, safety, security and risk issues, intellectual property; codes of practice and standards;
- K7. the commercial, economic and social context of engineering processes;
- K8. the management techniques, including project management, that may be used to achieve engineering objectives, including the planning and managing the design process, including cost drivers, and evaluate outcomes;
- K9. awareness of relevant legal requirements governing engineering activities, including personnel, health & safety, contract, intellectual property rights, product safety and liability issues;
- K10. the risk issues, including health & safety, environmental and commercial risk, and risk assessment and risk management techniques.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. appreciate the broad range of influences and activities within the engineering processes and explain their significance;
- C2. evaluate technical and commercial risk and make decision based on available information;
- C3. address human factors considerations in engineering processes and design;
- C4. analyse engineering problems to assist in the management of engineering processes;
- C5. identify solutions to engineering problems from a sustainable/environmental standpoint;
- C6. contribute to the innovation development of a new product and its introduction to the market.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use the design and manufacturing processes to plan and manage engineering projects;
- P2. plan and implement re-organisation of a company for increased effectiveness;
- P3. make effective use of graphical and modelling techniques for design development and communication;
- P4. adopt strategies for non-quantifiable engineering issues;
- P5. select suitable computer based techniques for engineering management problems;
- P6. generate new ideas and develop and evaluate a range of solutions;
- P7. knowledge of characteristics of particular materials, equipment, processes or products;
- P8. knowledge of relevant legal and contractual issues;
- P9. understanding of appropriate codes of practice and industry standards;
- P10. awareness of quality issues and their application to continuous improvement;
- P11. understanding of, and the ability to work in, different roles within an engineering team.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- T1. plan and monitor multi-disciplinary projects;
- T2. appreciate the central role of management within engineering;
- T3. communicate effectively and make presentations of a technical/business nature to achieve maximum impact;
- T4. identify methods to assist in innovation, team-working and engineering communication;
- T5. demonstrate competence in using computer based engineering techniques;
- T6. adopt systematic approach to integrating design requirements, materials and structures;
- T7. use time and resources effectively;
- T8. exercise initiative and personal responsibility, which may be as a team member or leader.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A – Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Modular Weight |
MAA307 | Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials & Manufacturing Processes | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (30 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA505 | Organisational Behaviour | 10 |
WSA400 | Manufacturing Design 1 | 10 |
WSA501 | Intergratiing Studies 1a | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSA504 | Intergrating Studies 1b | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronics and Electrical Technology | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB600 | Manufacturing Process and Technology (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Modular Weight |
BSB030 | Marketing | 10 |
WSB201 | Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB505 | Manufacturing Design | 10 |
WSB610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
BSB135 | Consumer Behaviour | 10 |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB203 | Manufactuing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSB204 | Management of the Human Resource | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) | 40 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 Credits)
Code | Title | Modular Weight |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisational Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Sport Equipment industry | 10 |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
WSD602 | Industrial Sustainability | 10 |
Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Study Overseas
Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director. The proposed programme of learning will include work on an Individual Project.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BSc/BEng (Hons) Sports Technology (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) |
Final award | BEng / BEng + DIS / BEng + DPS |
Programme title | Sports Technology |
Programme code | WSUB05 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies or the Diploma in Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | CH67/HC76 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
Sports Technology programme aims to:
- A1. Develop graduates with a detailed knowledge and understanding of sport-related product design, manufacture and test, human performance and business studies.
- A2. Develop graduates with the ability to conduct research and design in sports technology and solve associated problems using both established and contemporary ideas and techniques.
- A3. Produce graduates with the analytical and transferable skills that will enable employment in a wide variety of professions and to make a valuable contribution to society.
- A4. Support graduates to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
- A5. Provide graduates with an appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and broader societal aspects of engineering.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to the design of sports / engineering equipment;
- K2. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
- K3. the role of instrumentation and measurement techniques within equipment evaluation and experimental protocol design;
- K4. principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
- K5. ergonomic and aesthetic considerations and how they impact on sports design;
- K6. the variability in human performance capability and methods of evaluation including fitness and training principles relating to sport and exercise;
- K7. principles governing the mechanics and biomechanics of sports movements;
- K8. the role of information technology in providing support of product design and manufacturing;
- K9. management techniques and business practices and the commercial and economic context of a sports / engineering business;
- K10. intellectual property issues and environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- C1. identify and define a design or sports engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
- C2. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, and engineering design;
- C3. utilise the principles of engineering science in the development of solutions to problems;
- C4. apply appropriate methods to model such solutions;
- C5. apply biomechanics to the analysis of movement in sport;
- C6. demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, aesthetics, environment and safety;
- C7. select and apply appropriate IT tools to product design and manufacture problems;
- C8. evaluate commercial risk and market trends within the sports sector
- C9. apply general marketing principles to the sports sector.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- P1. research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
- P2. communicate design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer graphics and conventional sketching;
- P3. prepare engineering drawings and technical reports;
- P4. test design concepts via practical investigation;
- P5. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
- P6. use measurement and test equipment to complete experimental laboratory work and collect mechanical and biomechanical data;
- P7. use a variety of observation and test methods to appraise human function and movement
- P8. present technical and business information in a variety of ways;
- P9. manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- T1. generate and manipulate data;
- T2. apply creative, structured and evidence-based approaches to problem solving;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. organise and manage time and resources to meet deadlines;
- T5. work effectively both in a team and independently;
- T6. demonstrate organisational and management skills.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (80 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA307 | Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA401 | Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA502 | Applied Sports Technology 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
PSA721 | Introduction to Sport Biomechanics and Kinesiology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA602 | Introduction to Materials and Manufacturing Processes | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA700 | Measurement Principles | 10 |
WSA701 | Mechanical Design in Sport | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (80 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB302 | Engineering Computation for Sports Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB502 | Applied Sports Technology 2 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB503 | Application of Product Design in Sports (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
PSB722 | Biomechanics of Sport (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB701 | Measurement and Experimental Design | 10 |
WSB901 | Electronic Systems | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB700 | Sports Goods Design, Manufacture and Test | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) or Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester One
Students MUST choose 30 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester Two
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) | 40 |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
PSC724 | Sports Biomechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC701 | Sports Surfaces, Footwear and Garments | 10 |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC702 | Sport Equipment Industry | 10 |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSC204 | Management of the Human Resource | 10 |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BEng (Hons) Sports Technology (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) |
Final award | BEng / BEng + DIS / BEng + DPS |
Programme title | Sports Technology |
Programme code | WSUB05 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies or the Diploma in Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | CH67/HC76 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
Sports Technology programme aims to:
- A1. Develop graduates with a detailed knowledge and understanding of sport-related product design, manufacture and test, human performance and business studies.
- A2. Develop graduates with the ability to conduct research and design in sports technology and solve associated problems using both established and contemporary ideas and techniques.
- A3. Produce graduates with the analytical and transferable skills that will enable employment in a wide variety of professions and to make a valuable contribution to society.
- A4. Support graduates to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
- A5. Provide graduates with an appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and broader societal aspects of engineering.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to the design of sports / engineering equipment;
- K2. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
- K3. the role of instrumentation and measurement techniques within equipment evaluation and experimental protocol design;
- K4. principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
- K5. ergonomic and aesthetic considerations and how they impact on sports design;
- K6. the variability in human performance capability and methods of evaluation including fitness and training principles relating to sport and exercise;
- K7. principles governing the mechanics and biomechanics of sports movements;
- K8. the role of information technology in providing support of product design and manufacturing;
- K9. management techniques and business practices and the commercial and economic context of a sports / engineering business;
- K10. intellectual property issues and environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- C1. identify and define a design or sports engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
- C2. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, and engineering design;
- C3. utilise the principles of engineering science in the development of solutions to problems;
- C4. apply appropriate methods to model such solutions;
- C5. apply biomechanics to the analysis of movement in sport;
- C6. demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, aesthetics, environment and safety;
- C7. select and apply appropriate IT tools to product design and manufacture problems;
- C8. evaluate commercial risk and market trends within the sports sector
- C9. apply general marketing principles to the sports sector.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- P1. research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
- P2. communicate design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer graphics and conventional sketching;
- P3. prepare engineering drawings and technical reports;
- P4. test design concepts via practical investigation;
- P5. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
- P6. use measurement and test equipment to complete experimental laboratory work and collect mechanical and biomechanical data;
- P7. use a variety of observation and test methods to appraise human function and movement
- P8. present technical and business information in a variety of ways;
- P9. manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- T1. generate and manipulate data;
- T2. apply creative, structured and evidence-based approaches to problem solving;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. organise and manage time and resources to meet deadlines;
- T5. work effectively both in a team and independently;
- T6. demonstrate organisational and management skills.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (80 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA307 | Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA401 | Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA502 | Applied Sports Technology 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
PSA721 | Introduction to Sport Biomechanics and Kinesiology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA602 | Introduction to Materials and Manufacturing Processes | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA700 | Measurement Principles | 10 |
WSA701 | Mechanical Design in Sport | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (80 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB302 | Engineering Computation for Sports Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB502 | Applied Sports Technology 2 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB503 | Application of Product Design in Sports (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
PSB722 | Biomechanics of Sport (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB701 | Measurement and Experimental Design | 10 |
WSB901 | Electronic Systems | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB700 | Sports Goods Design, Manufacture and Test | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) or Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules in Semester One
Students MUST choose 30 credits of optional modules in Semester Two
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) | 40 |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
PSC724 | Sports Biomechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC701 | Sports Surfaces, Footwear and Garments | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC702 | Sport Equipment Industry | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSC204 | Management of the Human Resource | 10 |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
MM BSc/BEng (Hons) Sports Technology (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) |
Final award | BSc / BSc + DIS / BSc + DPS / BEng / BEng + DIS / BEng + DPS |
Programme title | Sports Technology |
Programme code | WSUB05 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies or the Diploma in Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | CH67/HC76 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
Sports Technology programme aims to:
- A1. Develop graduates with a detailed knowledge and understanding of sport-related product design, manufacture and test, human performance and business studies.
- A2. Develop graduates with the ability to conduct research and design in sports technology and solve associated problems using both established and contemporary ideas and techniques.
- A3. Produce graduates with the analytical and transferable skills that will enable employment in a wide variety of professions and to make a valuable contribution to society.
- A4. Support graduates to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
- A5. Provide graduates with an appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and broader societal aspects of engineering.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to the design of sports / engineering equipment;
- K2. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
- K3. the role of instrumentation and measurement techniques within equipment evaluation and experimental protocol design;
- K4. principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
- K5. ergonomic and aesthetic considerations and how they impact on sports design;
- K6. the variability in human performance capability and methods of evaluation including fitness and training principles relating to sport and exercise;
- K7. principles governing the mechanics and biomechanics of sports movements;
- K8. the role of information technology in providing support of product design and manufacturing;
- K9. management techniques and business practices and the commercial and economic context of a sports / engineering business;
- K10. intellectual property issues and environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- C1. identify and define a design or sports engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
- C2. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, and engineering design;
- C3. utilise the principles of engineering science in the development of solutions to problems;
- C4. apply appropriate methods to model such solutions;
- C5. apply biomechanics to the analysis of movement in sport;
- C6. demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, aesthetics, environment and safety;
- C7. select and apply appropriate IT tools to product design and manufacture problems;
- C8. evaluate commercial risk and market trends within the sports sector
- C9. apply general marketing principles to the sports sector.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- P1. research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
- P2. communicate design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer graphics and conventional sketching;
- P3. prepare engineering drawings and technical reports;
- P4. test design concepts via practical investigation;
- P5. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
- P6. use measurement and test equipment to complete experimental laboratory work and collect mechanical and biomechanical data;
- P7. use a variety of observation and test methods to appraise human function and movement
- P8. present technical and business information in a variety of ways;
- P9. manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:
- T1. generate and manipulate data;
- T2. apply creative, structured and evidence-based approaches to problem solving;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. organise and manage time and resources to meet deadlines;
- T5. work effectively both in a team and independently;
- T6. demonstrate organisational and management skills.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA307 | Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA401 | Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA502 | Applied Sports Technology 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA602 | Introduction to Materials and Manufacturing Processes | 10 |
PSA028 | Biomechanics of Sport | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA700 | Measurement Principles | 10 |
WSA701 | Mechanical Design in Sport | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB302 | Engineering Computation for Sports Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB502 | Applied Sports Technology 2 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB503 | Application of Product Design in Sports (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB701 | Measurement and Experimental Design | 10 |
WSB700 | Sports Good Design, Manufacture and Test | 10 |
BSB520 | Principles of Marketing for Sport & Leisure | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
PSB002 | Structural Kinesiology | 10 |
PSB028 | Methods of Analysis in Sports Biomechanics | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) or Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules in Semester One
Students MUST choose 30 credits of optional modules in Semester Two
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC500 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) | 40 |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
PSC028 | Advanced Sports Biomechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
PSC100 | Science and Elite Performance in Sport (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC701 | Sports Surfaces, Footwear and Garments | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC400 | Design for Assembly | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC702 | Sport Equipment Industry | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning & Control | 10 |
WSC204 | Management of the Human Resource | 10 |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
Students may choose to receive the award of BSc or BEng.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.
Programme Specification
EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng / BEng+DIS / BEng+DPS / BEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Electrical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H600, H604 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering aims to:
- A1. Develop highly skilled graduates to pursue careers across the complete spectrum of activities which involve the application of Electronic and Electrical Engineering;
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and electrical engineering problems;
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
- A4. Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints;
- A5. Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
- A6. Support personal and professional development including problem solving, leadership and team work, both oral and written presentation skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
- K2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P5. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
- P9. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both independently and as a member of a team;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA019 | Industiral Group Project ( Sem 1: 10 credts; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
20 |
WSA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Sytems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory module (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Engineering Project Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB003 |
Electrical Science B |
20 |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
MAB103 |
Advanced Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control Systems Design | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Module (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC325 | Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Module (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC302 |
Digital Communication Theory and Practice |
20 |
WSC303 |
Renewable Energy Systems |
20 |
WSC318 |
Real Time Software Engineering | 20 |
WSC331 |
Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering |
20 |
WSC341 |
Digital and State Space Control |
20 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (Students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC354 | Electornic Systems Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, studnet number resctrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng / BEng+DIS / BEng+DPS / BEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Electrical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H600, H604 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering aims to:
- A1. Develop highly skilled graduates to pursue careers across the complete spectrum of activities which involve the application of Electronic and Electrical Engineering;
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and electrical engineering problems;
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
- A4. Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints;
- A5. Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
- A6. Support personal and professional development including problem solving, leadership and team work, both oral and written presentation skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
- K2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P5. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
- P9. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both independently and as a member of a team;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA015 | Industrial Project in Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credts; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
20 |
WSA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Sytems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory module (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB003 |
Electrical Science B |
20 |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
MAB103 |
Advanced Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control Systems Design | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Module (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC325 | Project (Sem a: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Module (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC302 |
Digital Communication Theory and Practice |
20 |
WSC303 |
Renewable Energy Systems |
20 |
WSC318 |
Embedded Systems Design and Implementation | 20 |
WSC341 |
Digital and State Space Control |
20 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (Students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC354 | Electornic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, studnet number resctrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng / BEng+DIS / BEng+DPS / BEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Electrical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H600, H604 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering aims to:
- A1. Develop highly skilled graduates to pursue careers across the complete spectrum of activities which involve the application of Electronic and Electrical Engineering;
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and electrical engineering problems;
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
- A4. Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints;
- A5. Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
- A6. Support personal and professional development including problem solving, leadership and team work, both oral and written presentation skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
- K2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P5. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
- P9. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both independently and as a member of a team;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA015 | Industiral Project in Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credts; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
20 |
WSA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Sytems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory module (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB003 |
Electrical Science B |
20 |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
MAB103 |
Advanced Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control Systems Design | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Module (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC325 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Module (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC302 |
Digital Communication Theory and Practice |
20 |
WSC303 |
Renewable Energy Systems |
20 |
WSC318 |
Embedded Systems Design and Implementation | 20 |
WSC331 |
Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering |
20 |
WSC341 |
Digital and State Space Control |
20 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (Students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, studnet number resctrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL BEng (Hons) Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng/ BEng+DIS/ BEng+DPS/ BEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Systems Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB20 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H652, H650 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The BEng in Systems Engineering aims to
- A1. Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Systems Engineering across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development, and analysis of complex systems
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate systems engineering problems.
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
- A4. Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
- A5. Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A6. Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to systems engineering;
- K2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to systems engineering;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P5. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both independently and as a member of a team;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6.Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA016 | Industrial project in Systems Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
20 |
WSA010 |
Introduction to Programming |
20 |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Systems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB006 | Systems Intergration | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB007 | Systems Methods | 20 |
MAB103 | Advanced Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
WSB014 |
Embedded Systems Programming |
20 |
WSB140 |
Mechanics for Robotics |
20 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB004 | Control Systems Design | 20 |
WSB009 | Mobile Robots | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC325 | Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC200 |
Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality |
10 |
DSC502 |
Human Factors in Systems Design C |
10 |
WSC312 |
Systems Engineering Applications and Theory |
10 |
Optional modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC318 | Embedded Systems Design and Implementation | 20 |
WSC302 | Digital Communication Theory and Practice | 20 |
WSC303 | Renewable Energy Systems | 20 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning & Control | 10 |
WSC204 | Management of the Human Resource | 10 |
WSC206 | Product Innovation Management | 10 |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng / BEng+DIS/ BEng+DPS/ BEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H611, H614 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The BEng in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering aims to:
- A1. Cultivate skilled graduates who will shape the future of embedded systems across industries requiring expertise in electronics and software, such as aerospace, automotive, communications, entertainment, gaming and manufacturing.
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and computer systems engineering problems.
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
- A4. Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
- A5. Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A6. Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
- K2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and computer systems engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P5. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Adopt a suitable engineering lifecycle approach to the solution of embedded systems problems;
- P9. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both independently and as a member of a team;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA019 | Industrial Group Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
10 |
WSA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 |
Electrical Science A |
20 |
WSA013 |
Digital Systems |
20 |
MAA203 |
Core Mathematics 2 |
10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB014 |
Embedded Systems Programming |
20 |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
MAB103 |
Advanced Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
WSB019 | Computer Architecture | 20 |
Optional Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control System Design | 20 |
4.4 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.3 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC325 | Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC200 |
Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality |
10 |
WSC318 |
Real time Software Engineering |
20 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC303 | Renewable Energy Systems | 20 |
WSC331 | Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC054 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC055 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng / BEng+DIS/ BEng+DPS/ BEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H611, H614 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The BEng in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering aims to:
- A1. Cultivate skilled graduates who will shape the future of embedded systems across industries requiring expertise in electronics and software, such as aerospace, automotive, communications, entertainment, gaming and manufacturing.
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and computer systems engineering problems.
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
- A4. Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
- A5. Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A6. Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
- K2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and computer systems engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P5. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Adopt a suitable engineering lifecycle approach to the solution of embedded systems problems;
- P9. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both independently and as a member of a team;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA017 | Industrial Project in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
20 |
WSA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 |
Electrical Science A |
20 |
WSA013 |
Digital Systems |
20 |
MAA203 |
Core Mathematics 2 |
10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB014 |
Embedded Systems Programming |
20 |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
MAB103 |
Advanced Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
WSB019 | Computer Architecture | 20 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control System Design | 20 |
4.4 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.3 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC325 | Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC200 |
Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality |
10 |
WSC318 |
Embedded Systems Design and Implementation |
20 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC303 | Renewable Energy Systems | 20 |
WSC331 | Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC054 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC055 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng / BEng+DIS/ BEng+DPS/ BEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H611, H614 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The BEng in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering aims to:
- A1. Cultivate skilled graduates who will shape the future of embedded systems across industries requiring expertise in electronics and software, such as aerospace, automotive, communications, entertainment, gaming and manufacturing.
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and computer systems engineering problems.
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
- A4. Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
- A5. Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A6. Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
- K2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and computer systems engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P5. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Adopt a suitable engineering lifecycle approach to the solution of embedded systems problems;
- P9. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both independently and as a member of a team;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA017 | Industrial Project in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
20 |
WSA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 |
Electrical Science A |
20 |
WSA013 |
Digital Systems |
20 |
MAA203 |
Core Mathematics 2 |
10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB014 |
Embedded Systems Programming |
20 |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
MAB103 |
Advanced Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
WSB019 | Computer Architecture | 20 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control System Design | 20 |
4.4 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.3 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC325 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC200 |
Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality |
10 |
WSC318 |
Embedded Systems Design and Implementation |
20 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC303 | Renewable Energy Systems | 20 |
WSC331 | Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC054 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC055 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL BEng (Hons) Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng/BEng + DPS/BEng + DIntS/BEng +DIS |
Programme title | Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB35 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies or Diploma of International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H671, H672 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The BEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering aims to:
- A1. Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development, and analysis of complex systems
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
- A4. Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
- A5. Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A6. Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
- K2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of robotics, mechatronic and control engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P5. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
- P9. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both independently and as a member of a team;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA019 | Industiral Group Project (Sem 1: 10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulosry modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
20 |
WSA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 |
Electrical Science A |
20 |
WSA013 |
Digital Systems |
20 |
MAA203 |
Core Mathematics 2 |
10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
MAB103 |
Advanced Mathematics 1 |
10 |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
WSB140 |
Mechanics for Robotics |
20 |
Semester 2
Compulosry modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB004 |
Control System Design |
20 |
WSB009 |
Mobile Robots |
20 |
MAB203 |
Advanced Mathematics 2 |
10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title |
Credits |
WSC325 | Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC341 |
Digital and State Space Control |
20 |
WSC200 |
Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality |
10 |
WSC108 |
Manufacturing Automation and Control |
10 |
WSC312 |
Systems Engineering Applications and Theory |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students
having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL BEng (Hons) Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng/BEng + DPS/BEng + DInts/BEng +DIS |
Programme title | Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB35 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies of Diploma of International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H671, H672 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The BEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering aims to:
- A1. Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development, and analysis of complex systems
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
- A4. Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
- A5. Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A6. Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
- K2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of robotics, mechatronic and control engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P5. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
- P9. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both independently and as a member of a team;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA018 | Industiral Project in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulosry modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
20 |
WSA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 |
Electrical Science A |
20 |
WSA013 |
Digital Systems |
20 |
MAA203 |
Core Mathematics 2 |
10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
MAB103 |
Advanced Mathematics 1 |
10 |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
WSB140 |
Mechanics for Robot |
20 |
Semester 2
Compulosry modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB004 |
Control System Design |
20 |
WSB009 |
Mobile Robots |
20 |
MAB203 |
Advanced Mathematics 2 |
10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title |
Credits |
WSC325 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC341 |
Digital and State Space Control |
20 |
WSC200 |
Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality |
10 |
WSC108 |
Manufacturing Automation and Control |
10 |
WSC312 |
Systems Engineering Applications Theory |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL BEng (Hons) Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | BEng/BEng + DPS/BEng + DInts/BEng +DIS |
Programme title | Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering |
Programme code | WSUB35 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies of Diploma of International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H671, H672 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The BEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering aims to:
- A1. Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development, and analysis of complex systems
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
- A4. Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
- A5. Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A6. Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
- K2. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of robotics, mechatronic and control engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P5. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty;
- P8. Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
- P9. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both independently and as a member of a team;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA018 | Industrial Project in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulosry modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
20 |
WSA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 |
Electrical Science A |
20 |
WSA013 |
Digital Systems |
20 |
MAA203 |
Core Mathematics 2 |
10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
MAB103 |
Advanced Mathematics 1 |
10 |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
WSB140 |
Mechanics for Robotics |
20 |
Semester 2
Compulosry modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB004 |
Control System Design |
20 |
WSB009 |
Mobile Robots |
20 |
MAB203 |
Advanced Mathematics 2 |
10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title |
Credits |
WSC325 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC341 |
Digital and State Space Control |
20 |
WSC200 |
Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality |
10 |
WSC108 |
Manufacturing Automation and Control |
10 |
WSC312 |
Systems Engineering Applications Theory |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.
To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts |
Programme title | Manufacturing Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM01 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is eight semesters, or ten semesters if students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H701, H707 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The overall aim of this programme is to equip students with the knowledge, understanding, key skills and attributes to make a substantial impact in manufacturing enterprises. To achieve this, the course provides the core engineering science background, supported by a broad knowledge of manufacturing processes and technology. This is combined with modules covering the management of manufacturing activities that, all together, allows students to understand, monitor and enhance existing processes, and develop new manufacturing methods. The depth offered by this MEng programme will enable students to progress rapidly both technically and managerially in a range of manufacturing organisations.
Specific aims are:
• A1. To deliver technical depth in core engineering subjects and specialist applications leading to a broad understanding of engineering knowledge, and a critical awareness of current insights in the fields of manufacturing engineering and manufacturing management.
• A2. To produce high quality MEng graduates with a strong academic background and excellent communication skills able to manage their own learning and solve complex problems individually and in teams.
• A3. To equip manufacturing engineering graduates with a broad appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and social aspects of engineering enabling them to progress rapidly to a position of responsibility, and to become future technical and managerial leaders.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘UKSPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
- K2. engineering principles and relevant numerical methods and an understanding of the role of information technology in providing support for manufacturing engineers;
- K3. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing;
- K4. the management of manufacturing methods and the wider business background appropriate to the organisation of a manufacturing enterprise;
- K5. the commercial and economic context, together with the importance of sustainability, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. material properties, manufacturing processes and technologies, their limitations and applicability, with an awareness of new developments in these areas;
- K7. the design process related to the manufacturing arena.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
The MEng graduate will also be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:
- C1. define an unfamiliar manufacturing related problem, evaluate its technical and business requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider the system as a whole including constraints such as economics, production capabilities and sustainability;
- C2. apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and critically assess such solutions making allowance for uncertainty in the information available;
- C3. investigate methods to continuously improve manufacturing processes for enhanced quality, sustainability and economics;
- C4. research data and fundamental knowledge from other disciplines and apply the relevant aspects in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- C5. understand the role of other engineering disciplines and their technical and business constraints.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use appropriate computer software numerical modelling methods and/or computational techniques to solve engineering problems;
- P2. use laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
- P3. research information from a wide range of sources;
- P4. prepare engineering drawings and other technical data and present it in alternative forms to create good understanding and/or impact;
- P5. manage the manufacturing related design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety and risk.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. critically evaluate an existing or proposed technology;
- T2. use a range of computer based systems and adapt them to other applications;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. develop, monitor and update a personal programme of work for themselves and/or others, to reflect changing requirements and learn independently;
- T5. gather information from a range of sources, collate it and present its key findings;
- T6. undertake different roles within a team that may include leadership.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 |
Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA505 | Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA210 | Manufacturing Management |
10 |
WSA900 | Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B Degree Modules
Semester 1 & 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Integrating Studies (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB600 | Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB201 | Digital Manufacturaing and Discrete Event Simulation | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB505 | Manufacturing Design | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB203 | Manufacturing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I - Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) |
WSI035 |
Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are reigstered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C Degree Modules
Some modules in Part C and D are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Students MUST choose 10 credits from Semester One and 10 credits from Semester Two.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD550 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering (1c) | 10 |
WSC600 | Additive Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 (1d) | 10 |
Optional Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC504 | Applied Engineering Design and Analysis | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1e) | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product innovation Management | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Optional Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1a) | 10 |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - PRocessing and Manufacture (1b) | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D Degree Modules
A number of modules are paired together. For example, the module marked (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two
When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optioanl D level modules.
Students may not select both WSC700 Sports Technology and WSC610 Healthcare Engineering.
Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Weight |
WSD503 | Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
Optional Modules
(Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two. When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optional D level modules.)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
MPD014 | Polymer Engineering - Properties & Design (2b) | 10 |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2a) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC204 | Managment of the Human Resource | 10 |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Technology | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design (2c) | 10 |
WSD601 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 2 (2d) | 10 |
WSD606 | Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2e) | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.6 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programme Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/Masters level with modular weight not less than 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree
Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall averge of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Manufacturing Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Manufacturing Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark)
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts |
Programme title | Manufacturing Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM01 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is eight semesters, or ten semesters if students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H701, H707 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The overall aim of this programme is to equip students with the knowledge, understanding, key skills and attributes to make a substantial impact in manufacturing enterprises. To achieve this, the course provides the core engineering science background, supported by a broad knowledge of manufacturing processes and technology. This is combined with modules covering the management of manufacturing activities that, all together, allows students to understand, monitor and enhance existing processes, and develop new manufacturing methods. The depth offered by this MEng programme will enable students to progress rapidly both technically and managerially in a range of manufacturing organisations.
Specific aims are:
• A1. To deliver technical depth in core engineering subjects and specialist applications leading to a broad understanding of engineering knowledge, and a critical awareness of current insights in the fields of manufacturing engineering and manufacturing management.
• A2. To produce high quality MEng graduates with a strong academic background and excellent communication skills able to manage their own learning and solve complex problems individually and in teams.
• A3. To equip manufacturing engineering graduates with a broad appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and social aspects of engineering enabling them to progress rapidly to a position of responsibility, and to become future technical and managerial leaders.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘UKSPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
- K2. engineering principles and relevant numerical methods and an understanding of the role of information technology in providing support for manufacturing engineers;
- K3. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing;
- K4. the management of manufacturing methods and the wider business background appropriate to the organisation of a manufacturing enterprise;
- K5. the commercial and economic context, together with the importance of sustainability, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. material properties, manufacturing processes and technologies, their limitations and applicability, with an awareness of new developments in these areas;
- K7. the design process related to the manufacturing arena.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
The MEng graduate will also be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:
- C1. define an unfamiliar manufacturing related problem, evaluate its technical and business requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider the system as a whole including constraints such as economics, production capabilities and sustainability;
- C2. apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and critically assess such solutions making allowance for uncertainty in the information available;
- C3. investigate methods to continuously improve manufacturing processes for enhanced quality, sustainability and economics;
- C4. research data and fundamental knowledge from other disciplines and apply the relevant aspects in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- C5. understand the role of other engineering disciplines and their technical and business constraints.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use appropriate computer software numerical modelling methods and/or computational techniques to solve engineering problems;
- P2. use laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
- P3. research information from a wide range of sources;
- P4. prepare engineering drawings and other technical data and present it in alternative forms to create good understanding and/or impact;
- P5. manage the manufacturing related design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety and risk.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. critically evaluate an existing or proposed technology;
- T2. use a range of computer based systems and adapt them to other applications;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. develop, monitor and update a personal programme of work for themselves and/or others, to reflect changing requirements and learn independently;
- T5. gather information from a range of sources, collate it and present its key findings;
- T6. undertake different roles within a team that may include leadership.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 |
Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA501 | Intergrating Studies 1a | 10 |
WSA610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA210 | Manufacturing Management |
10 |
WSA504 | Intergrating Studies 1b | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B Degree Modules
Semester 1 & 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Integrating Studies (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB600 | Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB201 | Digital Manufacturaing and Discrete Event Simulation | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB505 | Manufacturing Design | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB203 | Manufacturing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I - Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) |
WSI035 |
Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are reigstered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C Degree Modules
Some modules in Part C and D are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Students MUST choose 10 credits from Semester One and 10 credits from Semester Two.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD550 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering (1c) | 10 |
WSC600 | Additive Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 (1d) | 10 |
Optional Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC504 | Applied Engineering Design and Analysis | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1e) | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product innovation Management | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Optional Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1a) | 10 |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1b) | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D Degree Modules
A number of modules are paired together. For example, the module marked (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two
When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optioanl D level modules.
Students may not select both WSC700 Sports Technology and WSC610 Healthcare Engineering.
Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Weight |
WSD503 | Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
Optional Modules
(Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two. When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optional D level modules.)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufactring for Product Development | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
MPD014 | Polymer Engineering - Properties and Design (2b) | 10 |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2a) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC108 | Manufacturing Automation and Control | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC204 | Managment of the Human Resource | 10 |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Technology | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design (2c) | 10 |
WSD601 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 2 (2d) | 10 |
WSD606 | Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2e) | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.6 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programmed Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Manufacturing Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Manufacturing Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark.
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts |
Programme title | Manufacturing Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM01 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is eight semesters, or ten semesters if students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H701, H707 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The overall aim of this programme is to equip students with the knowledge, understanding, key skills and attributes to make a substantial impact in manufacturing enterprises. To achieve this, the course provides the core engineering science background, supported by a broad knowledge of manufacturing processes and technology. This is combined with modules covering the management of manufacturing activities that, all together, allows students to understand, monitor and enhance existing processes, and develop new manufacturing methods. The depth offered by this MEng programme will enable students to progress rapidly both technically and managerially in a range of manufacturing organisations.
Specific aims are:
• A1. To deliver technical depth in core engineering subjects and specialist applications leading to a broad understanding of engineering knowledge, and a critical awareness of current insights in the fields of manufacturing engineering and manufacturing management.
• A2. To produce high quality MEng graduates with a strong academic background and excellent communication skills able to manage their own learning and solve complex problems individually and in teams.
• A3. To equip manufacturing engineering graduates with a broad appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and social aspects of engineering enabling them to progress rapidly to a position of responsibility, and to become future technical and managerial leaders.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015).
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘UKSPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
- K2. engineering principles and relevant numerical methods and an understanding of the role of information technology in providing support for manufacturing engineers;
- K3. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing;
- K4. the management of manufacturing methods and the wider business background appropriate to the organisation of a manufacturing enterprise;
- K5. the commercial and economic context, together with the importance of sustainability, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. material properties, manufacturing processes and technologies, their limitations and applicability, with an awareness of new developments in these areas;
- K7. the design process related to the manufacturing arena.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
The MEng graduate will also be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:
- C1. define an unfamiliar manufacturing related problem, evaluate its technical and business requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider the system as a whole including constraints such as economics, production capabilities and sustainability;
- C2. apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and critically assess such solutions making allowance for uncertainty in the information available;
- C3. investigate methods to continuously improve manufacturing processes for enhanced quality, sustainability and economics;
- C4. research data and fundamental knowledge from other disciplines and apply the relevant aspects in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- C5. understand the role of other engineering disciplines and their technical and business constraints.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use appropriate computer software numerical modelling methods and/or computational techniques to solve engineering problems;
- P2. use laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
- P3. research information from a wide range of sources;
- P4. prepare engineering drawings and other technical data and present it in alternative forms to create good understanding and/or impact;
- P5. manage the manufacturing related design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety and risk.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. critically evaluate an existing or proposed technology;
- T2. use a range of computer based systems and adapt them to other applications;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. develop, monitor and update a personal programme of work for themselves and/or others, to reflect changing requirements and learn independently;
- T5. gather information from a range of sources, collate it and present its key findings;
- T6. undertake different roles within a team that may include leadership.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 |
Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA501 | Intergrating Studies 1a | 10 |
WSA610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA210 | Manufacturing Management |
10 |
WSA504 | Intergrating Studies 1b | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B Degree Modules
Semester 1 & 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Integrating Studies (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB600 | Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB201 | Digital Manufacturaing and Discrete Event Simulation | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB505 | Manufacturing Design | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB203 | Manufacturing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I - Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) |
WSI035 |
Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are reigstered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C Degree Modules
For those students who undertook a placement during the 19/20 academic year.
Some modules in Part C and D are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Students MUST choose 10 credits from Semester One and 10 credits from Semester Two.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD550 | Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering (1c) | 10 |
WSC600 | Additive Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 (1d) | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1b) | 10 |
Optional Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC400 | Design for Assembly | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product innovation Management | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Optional Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1a) | 10 |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
For those students who DID NOT take a placement during the 19/20 academic year.
Some modules in Part C and D are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Students MUST choose 10 credits from Semester One and 10 credits from Semester Two.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD550 | Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering (1c) | 10 |
WSC600 | Additive Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 (1d) | 10 |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
Optional Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC504 | Applied Engineering Design & Analysis | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1b) | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product innovation Management | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Optional Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1a) | 10 |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1e) | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D Degree Modules
A number of modules are paired together. For example, the module marked (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two
When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optioanl D level modules.
Students may not select both WSC700 Sports Technology and WSC610 Healthcare Engineering.
Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
WSD503 | Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
Optional Modules
(Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two. When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optional D level modules.)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
MPD014 | Polymer Engineering - Properties and Design (2e) | 10 |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2a) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC108 | Manufacturing Automation and Control | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits | Groups |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 | OD |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
Optional Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC204 | Managment of the Human Resource | 10 |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Technology | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design (2c) | 10 |
WSD601 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 2 (2d) | 10 |
WSD606 | Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2b) | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.6 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programmed Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Manufacturing Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Manufacturing Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark.
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts |
Programme title | Manufacturing Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM01 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is eight semesters, or ten semesters if students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H701, H707 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The overall aim of this programme is to equip students with the knowledge, understanding, key skills and attributes to make a substantial impact in manufacturing enterprises. To achieve this, the course provides the core engineering science background, supported by a broad knowledge of manufacturing processes and technology. This is combined with modules covering the management of manufacturing activities that, all together, allows students to understand, monitor and enhance existing processes, and develop new manufacturing methods. The depth offered by this MEng programme will enable students to progress rapidly both technically and managerially in a range of manufacturing organisations.
Specific aims are:
• A1. To deliver technical depth in core engineering subjects and specialist applications leading to a broad understanding of engineering knowledge, and a critical awareness of current insights in the fields of manufacturing engineering and manufacturing management.
• A2. To produce high quality MEng graduates with a strong academic background and excellent communication skills able to manage their own learning and solve complex problems individually and in teams.
• A3. To equip manufacturing engineering graduates with a broad appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and social aspects of engineering enabling them to progress rapidly to a position of responsibility, and to become future technical and managerial leaders.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015).
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘UKSPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
- K2. engineering principles and relevant numerical methods and an understanding of the role of information technology in providing support for manufacturing engineers;
- K3. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing;
- K4. the management of manufacturing methods and the wider business background appropriate to the organisation of a manufacturing enterprise;
- K5. the commercial and economic context, together with the importance of sustainability, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. material properties, manufacturing processes and technologies, their limitations and applicability, with an awareness of new developments in these areas;
- K7. the design process related to the manufacturing arena.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
The MEng graduate will also be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:
- C1. define an unfamiliar manufacturing related problem, evaluate its technical and business requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider the system as a whole including constraints such as economics, production capabilities and sustainability;
- C2. apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and critically assess such solutions making allowance for uncertainty in the information available;
- C3. investigate methods to continuously improve manufacturing processes for enhanced quality, sustainability and economics;
- C4. research data and fundamental knowledge from other disciplines and apply the relevant aspects in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- C5. understand the role of other engineering disciplines and their technical and business constraints.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use appropriate computer software numerical modelling methods and/or computational techniques to solve engineering problems;
- P2. use laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
- P3. research information from a wide range of sources;
- P4. prepare engineering drawings and other technical data and present it in alternative forms to create good understanding and/or impact;
- P5. manage the manufacturing related design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety and risk.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. critically evaluate an existing or proposed technology;
- T2. use a range of computer based systems and adapt them to other applications;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. develop, monitor and update a personal programme of work for themselves and/or others, to reflect changing requirements and learn independently;
- T5. gather information from a range of sources, collate it and present its key findings;
- T6. undertake different roles within a team that may include leadership.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 |
Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Application of CAD for Engineering Designers | 10 |
WSA501 | Intergrating Studies 1a | 10 |
WSA610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA210 | Manufacturing Management |
10 |
WSA504 | Intergrating Studies 1b | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B Degree Modules
Semester 1 & 2
Compulsory modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Integrating Studies (sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB600 | Manufacturing Process Technology (sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB201 | Digital Manufacturaing and Discrete Event Simulation | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB505 | Manufacturing Design | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
WSB203 | Manufacturing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I - Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) |
WSI035 |
Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are reigstered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C Degree Modules
Some modules in Part C and D are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Students MUST choose 10 credits from Semester One and 10 credits from Semester Two.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD550 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits | Group |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 | 10 | 1d |
WSC602 | Sustainable Manufacturing | 10 | 1c |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 | 1e |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC205 | International Project Management | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product innovation Management | 10 |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1a) | 10 |
WSC300 | Product Information Systems - Computer Aided Design | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1b) | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D Degree Modules
A number of modules are paired together. For example, the module marked (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two
When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optioanl D level modules.
Students may not select both WSC700 Sports Technology and WSC610 Healthcare Engineering.
Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Weight |
WSD503 | Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure & Strategy | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
Optional Modules
(Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two. When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optional D level modules.)
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
MPD014 | Polymer Engineering - Properties and Design (2b) | 10 |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2a) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC108 | Manufacturing Automation and Control | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD203 | Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC204 | Managment of the Human Resource | 10 |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Technology | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design (2c) | 10 |
WSD601 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 2 (2d) | 10 |
WSD606 | Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2e) | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.6 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programmed Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree
Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, with no module mark below 30%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Manufacturing Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Manufacturing Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark)
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | MEng/ MEng+DIS/ MEng+DPS/MEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Product Design Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM02 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | HHC7, HHD7 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This programme aims to bridge the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design. To provide design content which is applicable to products, processes and systems.
- A1. To deliver in-depth knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
- A2. To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills, including dealing with open-ended problems and elements of uncertainty and risk.
- A3. To develop the ability to solve a broad range of engineering problems, some complex and novel, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
- A4. To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
- A5. To put human and project management theory into practice through team-working and opportunities for leadership experience.
- A6. To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering and design.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design engineering;
- K2. engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K3. the design processes and methodologies and the ability to manage a design project;
- K4. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues, including new developments and limitations, as applicable to a product design engineering career;
- K5. intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. developing technologies in two areas of specialisation and an understanding of the broad range of concepts necessary for effective product design and manufacture;
- K7. management and business practices appropriate for a career in product design engineering and an understanding of the commercial and economic context and drivers of the engineering business;
- K8. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and mechanical workshop practices.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
The MEng graduate will be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:
- C1. identify and define a design engineering problem in unfamiliar situations and generate innovative solutions:
- C2. apply and adapt appropriate methods to model such solutions and assess the limitations of each method;
- C3. analyse engineering solutions using contemporary computer-based systems and appreciate their limitations;
- C4. investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge;
- C5. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
- C6. extract, from given data, that which is pertinent to an unfamiliar problem and make use of it in finding a solution;
- C7. select appropriate data from a range of possible data sets and present them in alternative forms to create deeper understanding and/or greater impact;
- C8. integrate knowledge from all aspects of the programme, applying understanding to novel and challenging situations, while being aware of the limitations of solutions;
- C9. generate an innovative design for systems, components or processes to fulfil new needs.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. manage and lead the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
- P2. apply engineering techniques taking account of a range of commercial and industrial constraints;
- P3. communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
- P4. prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P5. research information and use new methods required for novel situations;
- P6. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
- P7. recognise the capabilities and limitations of computer based methods for engineering problem solving.
- P8. demonstrate advanced organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. design and implement computer-based information systems;
- T5. work independently;
- T6. work in and lead a team;
- T7. organise and manage time and resources effectively;
- T8. learn new theories, concepts, methods etc. in an unfamiliar situation outside the discipline area.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (100 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 | Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA401 | Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA505 | Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Manufacturing Design 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA900 | Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSB504 | Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB400 | Industrial Design | 10 |
WSB610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B or C and Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students must choose 30 credits of Options. Students MUST select 10 credits from Group A (OA) and no more than 10 credits from each group.
Students MUST choose at least TWO specialist module pairs during Part C and D. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. Similarly (1e) in Part D is paired with (2e) also in part D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD551 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 30 Credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication (1f) | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1d) | 10 |
Semester 2
Optional modules
Group A Students should select 10 credits from this group)
Code | Title | Credits |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering 1 - Processing and Manufacturing (1b) | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1c) | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning & Control |
10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
At least 70 weight of level 7 (D modules) must be taken in Part D.
Students must choose 70 credits of options. Students MUST select 10 credits from Group A and 20 credits from Group F. The remaining 40 credits should be no more than 10 credits from each group (B-E, G-K). Note there will be at least 20 weight of linked modules (follow on from pre-requisite modules in Part C) across both semesters.
Students who elect to study WSC900 (1e) must also study WSD900 (2e) in Part D.
Students can only choose WSD900 once (either form Group E or Group F).
Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD503 | Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Optional Modules
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD900 | Mechatronics (2e) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) This module is in Group E and Group F) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Group A
Code |
Title | Credits |
MPD014 | Ploymer Engineering - Properties & Design (2b) |
10 |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2c) | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology (1a) | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation (1e) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure and Strategy | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD212 | System Ergonomics for Product Design (2f) | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design | 10 |
Optional Modules
Group F (students MUST chose ONE module from Group F - This group includes WSD900)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD601 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes & Technology 2 (2a) | 10 |
WSD606 | Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2d) | 10 |
WSD900 | Mechatronics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem2: 10 credits) (This module is in Group E and Group F) | 10 |
Group G
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product Innovation Management | 10 |
Group H
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Group I
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group J
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Group K
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.6 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programme Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree
Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the award of the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D achieve an overall average 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Product Design Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Product Design Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidate’s final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | MEng/ MEng+DIS/ MEng+DPS/MEng+DInts |
Programme title | Product Design Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM02 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | HHC7, HHD7 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This programme aims to bridge the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design. To provide design content which is applicable to products, processes and systems.
- A1. To deliver in-depth knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
- A2. To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills, including dealing with open-ended problems and elements of uncertainty and risk.
- A3. To develop the ability to solve a broad range of engineering problems, some complex and novel, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
- A4. To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
- A5. To put human and project management theory into practice through team-working and opportunities for leadership experience.
- A6. To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering and design.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design engineering;
- K2. engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K3. the design processes and methodologies and the ability to manage a design project;
- K4. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues, including new developments and limitations, as applicable to a product design engineering career;
- K5. intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. developing technologies in two areas of specialisation and an understanding of the broad range of concepts necessary for effective product design and manufacture;
- K7. management and business practices appropriate for a career in product design engineering and an understanding of the commercial and economic context and drivers of the engineering business;
- K8. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and mechanical workshop practices.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
The MEng graduate will be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:
- C1. identify and define a design engineering problem in unfamiliar situations and generate innovative solutions:
- C2. apply and adapt appropriate methods to model such solutions and assess the limitations of each method;
- C3. analyse engineering solutions using contemporary computer-based systems and appreciate their limitations;
- C4. investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge;
- C5. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
- C6. extract, from given data, that which is pertinent to an unfamiliar problem and make use of it in finding a solution;
- C7. select appropriate data from a range of possible data sets and present them in alternative forms to create deeper understanding and/or greater impact;
- C8. integrate knowledge from all aspects of the programme, applying understanding to novel and challenging situations, while being aware of the limitations of solutions;
- C9. generate an innovative design for systems, components or processes to fulfil new needs.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. manage and lead the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
- P2. apply engineering techniques taking account of a range of commercial and industrial constraints;
- P3. communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
- P4. prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P5. research information and use new methods required for novel situations;
- P6. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
- P7. recognise the capabilities and limitations of computer based methods for engineering problem solving.
- P8. demonstrate advanced organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. design and implement computer-based information systems;
- T5. work independently;
- T6. work in and lead a team;
- T7. organise and manage time and resources effectively;
- T8. learn new theories, concepts, methods etc. in an unfamiliar situation outside the discipline area.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (80 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 | Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA401 | Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Manufacturing Design 1 | 10 |
WSA501 | Integrating Studies 1a | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA504 | Integrating Studies 1b | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSB504 | Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB400 | Industrial Design | 10 |
WSB610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B or C and Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students must choose 30 credits of Options. Students MUST select 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from each group.
Students MUST complete at least TWO specialist module pairs during Part C and D. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. Similarly (1e) in Part D is paired with (2e) also in part D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD551 | Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 30 Credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication (1f) | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1d) | 10 |
Semester 2
Optional modules
(Students should select modules totalling 30 credits, including 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from any other 1 group)
Group A Students should select 10 credits from this group)
Code | Title | Credits |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering 1 - Processing and Manufacturing (1b) | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1c) | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning & Control |
10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
At least 70 weight of level 7 (D modules) must be taken in Part D.
Students MUST select 30 credits of optional modules, with no more than ONE module from groups B-E. Students MUST select 30 credits from Groups F-K. Note there will be at least 20 weight of linked modules (follow on from pre-requisite modules in Part C) across both semesters.
Students who elect to study WSC900 (1e) must also study WSD900 (2e) in Part D.
Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD503 | Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Optional Modules
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD900 | Mechatronics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) (2e) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Group A
Code |
Title | Credits |
MPD014 | Ploymer Engineering - Properties & Design (2b) |
10 |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2c) | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology (1a) | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation (1e) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure and Strategy | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD212 | System Ergonomics for Product Design (2f) | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design | 10 |
Optional Modules
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD601 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes & Technology 2 (2a) | 10 |
WSD606 | Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2d) | 10 |
Group G
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product Innovation Management | 10 |
Group H
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Group I
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group J
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Group K
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.6 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programme Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree
Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the award of the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overal average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Product Design Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Product Design Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidate’s final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark.
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | MEng/ MEng+DIS/ MEng+DPS/MEng+DInts |
Programme title | Product Design Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM02 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | HHC7, HHD7 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This programme aims to bridge the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design. To provide design content which is applicable to products, processes and systems.
- A1. To deliver in-depth knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
- A2. To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills, including dealing with open-ended problems and elements of uncertainty and risk.
- A3. To develop the ability to solve a broad range of engineering problems, some complex and novel, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
- A4. To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
- A5. To put human and project management theory into practice through team-working and opportunities for leadership experience.
- A6. To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering and design.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design engineering;
- K2. engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K3. the design processes and methodologies and the ability to manage a design project;
- K4. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues, including new developments and limitations, as applicable to a product design engineering career;
- K5. intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. developing technologies in two areas of specialisation and an understanding of the broad range of concepts necessary for effective product design and manufacture;
- K7. management and business practices appropriate for a career in product design engineering and an understanding of the commercial and economic context and drivers of the engineering business;
- K8. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and mechanical workshop practices.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
The MEng graduate will be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:
- C1. identify and define a design engineering problem in unfamiliar situations and generate innovative solutions:
- C2. apply and adapt appropriate methods to model such solutions and assess the limitations of each method;
- C3. analyse engineering solutions using contemporary computer-based systems and appreciate their limitations;
- C4. investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge;
- C5. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
- C6. extract, from given data, that which is pertinent to an unfamiliar problem and make use of it in finding a solution;
- C7. select appropriate data from a range of possible data sets and present them in alternative forms to create deeper understanding and/or greater impact;
- C8. integrate knowledge from all aspects of the programme, applying understanding to novel and challenging situations, while being aware of the limitations of solutions;
- C9. generate an innovative design for systems, components or processes to fulfil new needs.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. manage and lead the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
- P2. apply engineering techniques taking account of a range of commercial and industrial constraints;
- P3. communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
- P4. prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P5. research information and use new methods required for novel situations;
- P6. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
- P7. recognise the capabilities and limitations of computer based methods for engineering problem solving.
- P8. demonstrate advanced organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. design and implement computer-based information systems;
- T5. work independently;
- T6. work in and lead a team;
- T7. organise and manage time and resources effectively;
- T8. learn new theories, concepts, methods etc. in an unfamiliar situation outside the discipline area.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (80 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 | Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA401 | Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA400 | Manufacturing Design 1 | 10 |
WSA501 | Integrating Studies 1a | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA504 | Integrating Studies 1b | 10 |
WSA900 | Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSB504 | Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB400 | Industrial Design | 10 |
WSB610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B or C and Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students must choose 30 credits of Options. Students MUST select 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from each group.
Students MUST complete at least TWO specialist module pairs during Part C and D. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. Similarly (1e) in Part D is paired with (2e) also in part D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD551 | Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 30 Credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication (1f) | 10 |
WSC407 | Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1d) | 10 |
Semester 2
Optional modules
(Students should select modules totalling 30 credits, including 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from any other 1 group)
Group A Students should select 10 credits from this group)
Code | Title | Credits |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering 1 - Processing and Manufacturing (1b) | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1c) | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC300 | Advanced Computer Aided Design | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning & Control |
10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
At least 70 weight of level 7 (D modules) must be taken in Part D.
Students MUST select 30 credits of optional modules, with no more than ONE module from groups B-E. Students MUST select 30 credits from Groups F-K. Note there will be at least 20 weight of linked modules (follow on from pre-requisite modules in Part C) across both semesters.
Students who elect to study WSC900 (1e) must also study WSD900 (2e) in Part D.
Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD503 | Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Optional Modules
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD900 | Mechatronics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) (2e) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Group A
Code |
Title | Credits |
MPD014 | Ploymer Engineering - Properties & Design (2b) |
10 |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2c) | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology (1a) | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation (1e) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure and Strategy | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD212 | System Ergonomics for Product Design (2f) | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design | 10 |
Optional Modules
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD601 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes & Technology 2 (2a) | 10 |
WSD606 | Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2d) | 10 |
Group G
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product Innovation Management | 10 |
Group H
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Group I
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group J
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Group K
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.6 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programme Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree
Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the award of the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Product Design Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Product Design Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidate’s final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark.
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering Designers (IED) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | MEng/ MEng+DIS/ MEng+DPS/MEng+DInts |
Programme title | Product Design Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM02 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | HHC7, HHD7 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
This programme aims to bridge the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design. To provide design content which is applicable to products, processes and systems.
- A1. To deliver in-depth knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
- A2. To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills, including dealing with open-ended problems and elements of uncertainty and risk.
- A3. To develop the ability to solve a broad range of engineering problems, some complex and novel, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
- A4. To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
- A5. To put human and project management theory into practice through team-working and opportunities for leadership experience.
- A6. To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering and design.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
-
UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019).
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design engineering;
- K2. engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K3. the design processes and methodologies and the ability to manage a design project;
- K4. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues, including new developments and limitations, as applicable to a product design engineering career;
- K5. intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
- K6. developing technologies in two areas of specialisation and an understanding of the broad range of concepts necessary for effective product design and manufacture;
- K7. management and business practices appropriate for a career in product design engineering and an understanding of the commercial and economic context and drivers of the engineering business;
- K8. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and mechanical workshop practices.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
The MEng graduate will be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:
- C1. identify and define a design engineering problem in unfamiliar situations and generate innovative solutions:
- C2. apply and adapt appropriate methods to model such solutions and assess the limitations of each method;
- C3. analyse engineering solutions using contemporary computer-based systems and appreciate their limitations;
- C4. investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge;
- C5. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
- C6. extract, from given data, that which is pertinent to an unfamiliar problem and make use of it in finding a solution;
- C7. select appropriate data from a range of possible data sets and present them in alternative forms to create deeper understanding and/or greater impact;
- C8. integrate knowledge from all aspects of the programme, applying understanding to novel and challenging situations, while being aware of the limitations of solutions;
- C9. generate an innovative design for systems, components or processes to fulfil new needs.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. manage and lead the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
- P2. apply engineering techniques taking account of a range of commercial and industrial constraints;
- P3. communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
- P4. prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P5. research information and use new methods required for novel situations;
- P6. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
- P7. recognise the capabilities and limitations of computer based methods for engineering problem solving.
- P8. demonstrate advanced organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
- T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
- T4. design and implement computer-based information systems;
- T5. work independently;
- T6. work in and lead a team;
- T7. organise and manage time and resources effectively;
- T8. learn new theories, concepts, methods etc. in an unfamiliar situation outside the discipline area.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA306 | Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
MMA102 | Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
MMA401 | Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
MMA604 | Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
MMA400 | Manufacturing Design 1 | 10 |
MMA501 | Integrating Studies 1a | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
MMA504 | Integrating Studies 1b | 10 |
MMA900 | Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB501 | Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
WSB504 | Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB112 | Engineering Science 2 | 10 |
WSB310 | Engineering and Management Modelling | 10 |
WSB400 | Industrial Design | 10 |
WSB610 | Manufacturing Technology | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB210 | Manufacturing Management | 10 |
WSB301 | Software Engineering | 10 |
WSB413 | Machine Design | 10 |
MAB206 | Statistics | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B or C and Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students must choose 30 credits of Options. Students MUST select 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from each group.
Modules indicated with ** are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. Similarly (1e) in Part D is paired with (2e) also in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during Part C or D. The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD551 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 30 Credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC401 | Design Methods and Communication | 10 |
WSC602 | Sustainable Manufacturing | 10 |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1d) | 10 |
Semester 2
Optional modules
(Students should select modules totalling 30 credits, including 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from any other 1 group)
Group A Students should select 10 credits from this group)
Code | Title | Credits |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering 1 - Processing and Manufacturing (1b) | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1c) | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC300 | Product Information Systems - Computer Aided Design | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning & Control |
10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
At least 70 weight of level 7 (D modules) must be taken in Part D.
Students MUST select 30 credits of optional modules, with no more than ONE module from Groups B-F. Students MUST select 30 credits from Groups G-L with no more than one from each group. Note there will be at least 20 weight of linked modules (follow on from pre-requisite modules in Part C) across both semesters.
Students who elect to study WSC900 (1e) must also study WSD900 (2e) in Part D.
Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD503 | Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Optional Modules
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD900 | Mechatronics (Sem 1: 10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) (2e) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD207 | Project Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Group A
Code |
Title | Credits |
MPD014 | Ploymer Engineering - Properties & Design (2b) |
10 |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2c) | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC600 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology (1a) | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation (1e) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC201 | Organisation Structure and Strategy | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC400 | Design for Assembly | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD212 | System Ergonomics for Product Design (2f) | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design | 10 |
Optional Modules
Group G
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD601 | Advanced Manufacturing Processes & Technology 2 (2a) | 10 |
WSD606 | Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2d) | 10 |
Group H
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC206 | Product Innovation Management | 10 |
Group I
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC603 | Metrology | 10 |
Group J
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group K
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Group L
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.6 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programme Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree
Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the award of the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, with no module mark less then 30%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Product Design Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Product Design Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidate’s final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark.
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Mechanical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM03 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H302, H303 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
Aims:
- A1. To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems
- A2. To provide as high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems
- A3. To promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A4. To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers
- A5. To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering
- A6. To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019)
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan 2014
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. The underpinning scientific, mathematical and engineering principles associated with mechanical engineering;
- K2. The characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basis mechanical workshop practices;
- K3. Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K4. Relevant codes of practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Recognise the professional and ethic responsibilities of engineers;
- K6. Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
- K7. Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economical context of the engineering business.
- K8. Developing technologies in areas of specialization and understanding of concepts from areas peripheral to mechanical engineering, including a thorough appreciation of microprocessors and machine control software.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
- C2. Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
- C3. Integrate, evaluate and make use of information and data from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
- C4. Generate innovative designs by evaluating and responding to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Analyse complex mechanical systems, processes and components;
- C6. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
- C7. Investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge and learn new theories, concepts and methods in an familiar situations.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering system, components and products;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Use laboratory and basis workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P4. Generate ideas for new products and develop and evaluate a range of new solutions;
- P5. Gather and interpret information and evaluate designs;
- P6. Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process and apply appropriate techniques and codes of practice to the design of components and systems;
- P7. Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer-graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P8. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P9. Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
- P10. Demonstrate high levels of organizational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T3. Adopt systematic approach to the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- T4. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T5. Solve problems applying engineering techniques and tools;
- T6. Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentational skills;
- T7. Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
- T8. Organise and manage time and resources effectively: develop work plans, take responsibility for their execution;
- T9. Undertake most of the technical roles within a team and exercise leadership;
- T10. Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (100 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA310 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA101 | Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA508 | Engineering Principles & Professional Skills (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA800 | Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA901 | Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA100 | Mechanics of Materials | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB300 | Engineering Computation (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
WSB500 | Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB110 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 3 | 10 |
WSB100 | Mecahnics of Materials 2 | 10 |
WSB101 | Engineering Dynamics 2 |
10 |
WSB104 | Control Engineering | 10 |
WSB800 | Thermodynamics 2 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB045 | Electrical Power & Machines | 10 |
WSB403 | Design of Machine Elements | 10 |
WSB404 | Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) | 10 |
WSB801 | Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSB802 | Fluid Mechanics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | DIS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | DPS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | DIntS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C or Part C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.
TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.
Students MUST select TWO deepening modules from Group D, the following pairs will be taken in Part D.
A language option can only be selected in Semester 1 OR Semester 2 but NOT both.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credtis)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD550 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
Optional Modules
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC801 | Advanced Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSC804 | Energy Systems Analysis | 10 |
WSC910 | Laser Materials Processing | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC104 | Robotics and Control | 10 |
WSC107 | Contacts Mechanics: Triblogy | 10 |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Group D
Code | Title | Credtis |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1a) | 10 |
WSC101 | Vibration and Noise (1b) | 10 |
WSC105 | Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery (1c) | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1d) | 10 |
WSC802 | Computational Fluid Dynamics (1e) | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
MPC014 | Materials of Service | 10 |
MPC102 | Fracture and Failure | 10 |
WSC301 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 40 credits of options in Semester One and 40 credits in Semester Two.
ONE module (10 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group E. TWO modules (20 credits) must be from Group B. Modules in Group B are linked to modules in Part C
No more than ONE module to be chosen from each of Groups E, F, G, H, I, or J. Note students who elected to study WSD900 in Semester One only need to select 30 credits as this module runs over both semesters.
A language option can only be selected in Semester 1 OR Semester 2 but NOT both.
Students cannot register for modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD503 | Product Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Optional Modules
Group C and F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD900 | Intelligent Automation Using Machine Learning | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD403 | Engineering Design Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD500 | Project Leadership | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2d) | 10 |
WSD101 | Drive Train Dynamics (2c) | 10 |
WSD102 | Non-Linear Dynamics (2b) | 10 |
WSD802 | Computational Fluid Dynamics (2e) | 10 |
MPD014 | Polymer Engineering 2 - Properties and Design (2a) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
WSD602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design | 10 |
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD902 | Laser and Optical Measurements | 10 |
Group G
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC301 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 |
WSC800 | Internal Combustion Engines | 20 |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion | 10 |
Group H
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group I
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD602 | Industrial Sustainability | 10 |
WSD606 | Additive Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering | 10 |
Group J
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.7 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 (only) during their Part D, at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the programme director for their course. An acceptable learning programme should, where possible, include a group project and studies at an advanced/masters level.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the award of the Degree of Master of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the award of a Degree.
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat Module Assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng degree programme in Mechanical Engineering, before commencing Part C, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression for that programme at the appropriate point.
In exceptional circumstances, any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of the degree of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Mechanical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level modules assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks will be combined in the ratio Part B - 20, Part C - 40, Part D – 40 to determine the overall average percentage mark for the programme (the programme mark).
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts |
Programme title | Mechanical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM03 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H302, H303 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
Aims:
- A1. To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems
- A2. To provide as high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems
- A3. To promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A4. To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers
- A5. To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering
- A6. To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct.2019)
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan 2014
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. The underpinning scientific, mathematical and engineering principles associated with mechanical engineering;
- K2. The characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basis mechanical workshop practices;
- K3. Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K4. Relevant codes of practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Recognise the professional and ethic responsibilities of engineers;
- K6. Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
- K7. Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economical context of the engineering business.
- K8. Developing technologies in areas of specialization and understanding of concepts from areas peripheral to mechanical engineering, including a thorough appreciation of microprocessors and machine control software.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
- C2. Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
- C3. Integrate, evaluate and make use of information and data from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
- C4. Generate innovative designs by evaluating and responding to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Analyse complex mechanical systems, processes and components;
- C6. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
- C7. Investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge and learn new theories, concepts and methods in familiar situations.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering system, components and products;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Use laboratory and basis workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P4. Generate ideas for new products and develop and evaluate a range of new solutions;
- P5. Gather and interpret information and evaluate designs;
- P6. Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process and apply appropriate techniques and codes of practice to the design of components and systems;
- P7. Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer-graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P8. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P9. Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
- P10. Demonstrate high levels of organizational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T3. Adopt systematic approach to the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- T4. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T5. Solve problems applying engineering techniques and tools;
- T6. Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentational skills;
- T7. Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
- T8. Organise and manage time and resources effectively: develop work plans, take responsibility for their execution;
- T9. Undertake most of the technical roles within a team and exercise leadership;
- T10. Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (100 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA310 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA101 | Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA508 | Engineering Principles & Professional Skills (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA800 | Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA901 | Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA100 | Mechanics of Materials | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB300 | Engineering Computation (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
WSB500 | Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB110 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering | 10 |
WSB100 | Mechanics of Materials 2 | 10 |
WSB101 | Engineering Dynamics 2 |
10 |
WSB104 |
Control Engineering | 10 |
WSB800 | Thermodynamics 2 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB045 | Electrical Power & Machines | 10 |
WSB403 | Design of Machine Elements | 10 |
WSB404 | Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) | 10 |
WSB801 | Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSB802 | Fluid Mechanics | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | DIS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | DPS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | DIntS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C or Part C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD550 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
Optional Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.
TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.
Group D has deepening pairs associated to Part D modules, students should select TWO modules (20 credits) of modules from this group which will be followed on in Part D.
ONE module (10 credits) must be selected from each of Group D, E, F and G. Modules in Group D and E are paired with modules in Part D.
A language options can only be selected in Semester 1 OR Semester 2, not both.
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC801 | Advanced Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSC804 | Energy Systems Analysis | 10 |
WSC910 | Laser Materials Processing | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC104 | Robotics and Control | 10 |
WSC107 | Contacts Mechanics: Tribology | 10 |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC101 | Vibration and Noise (1b) | 10 |
WSC105 | Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery (1a) | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1c) | 10 |
WSC802 | Computational Fluid Dynamics 1 (1d) | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1e) | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credtis |
WSC301 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
MPC014 | Materials in Service | 10 |
MPC102 | Fracture and Failure | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD503 | Product Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD403 | Engineering Design Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Students need to select TWO deepening modules from Group B, these shoud follow on from modules taken in Part C.
Students MUST select ONE module from Group A (either Semester 1 or Semester 2).
Language options can ONLY be taken in Semester One OR Semester Two, not both.
No more than ONE module may be taken from each group, with a total of 40 credits to be selected in Semester 2.
NOTE: Students who elect to study WSD900 in Semester One only need to select 30 credits as this module runs over both semesters.
Students cannot register for modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 & 2
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD900 | Intelligent Automation Using Machine Learning | 10 |
Semester 1
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD500 | Project Leadership | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2c) | 10 |
WSD101 | Drive Train Dynamics (2b) | 10 |
WSD102 | Non-Linear Dynamics (2a) | 10 |
WSD802 | Computational Fluid Dynamics (2d) | 10 |
MPD014 | Polymer Engineering 2 - Properties and Design (2e) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 1
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD902 | Laser and Optical Measurements | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC301 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 |
WSC800 | Internal Combustion Engines | 20 |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD602 | Industial Sustainability | 10 |
WSD606 | Additive Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering | 10 |
Group G
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.7 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 (only) during their Part D, at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the programme director for their course. An acceptable learning programme should, where possible, include a group project and studies at an advanced/masters level.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the award of the Degree of Master of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the award of a Degree.
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat Module Assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng degree programme in Mechanical Engineering, before commencing Part C, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression for that programme at the appropriate point.
In exceptional circumstances, any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of the degree of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Mechanical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level modules assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks will be combined in the ratio Part B - 20, Part C - 40, Part D – 40 to determine the overall average percentage mark for the programme (the programme mark).
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts |
Programme title | Mechanical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM03 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H302, H303 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
Aims:
- A1. To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems
- A2. To provide as high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems
- A3. To promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A4. To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers
- A5. To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering
- A6. To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct.2019)
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan 2014
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. The underpinning scientific, mathematical and engineering principles associated with mechanical engineering;
- K2. The characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basis mechanical workshop practices;
- K3. Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K4. Relevant codes of practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Recognise the professional and ethic responsibilities of engineers;
- K6. Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
- K7. Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economical context of the engineering business.
- K8. Developing technologies in areas of specialization and understanding of concepts from areas peripheral to mechanical engineering, including a thorough appreciation of microprocessors and machine control software.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
n successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
- C2. Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
- C3. Integrate, evaluate and make use of information and data from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
- C4. Generate innovative designs by evaluating and responding to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Analyse complex mechanical systems, processes and components;
- C6. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
- C7. Investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge and learn new theories, concepts and methods in familiar situations.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering system, components and products;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Use laboratory and basis workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P4. Generate ideas for new products and develop and evaluate a range of new solutions;
- P5. Gather and interpret information and evaluate designs;
- P6. Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process and apply appropriate techniques and codes of practice to the design of components and systems;
- P7. Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer-graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P8. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P9. Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
- P10. Demonstrate high levels of organizational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T3. Adopt systematic approach to the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- T4. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T5. Solve problems applying engineering techniques and tools;
- T6. Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentational skills;
- T7. Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
- T8. Organise and manage time and resources effectively: develop work plans, take responsibility for their execution;
- T9. Undertake most of the technical roles within a team and exercise leadership;
- T10. Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (100 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA310 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
MMA101 | Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
MMA508 | Engineering Principles & Professional Skills (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
MMA604 | Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
MMA800 | Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MMA901 | Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MMA100 | Mechanics of Materials | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MMB300 | Engineering Computation (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
MMB500 | Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB110 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering | 10 |
MMB100 | Mechanics of Materials 2 | 10 |
MMB101 | Engineering Dynamics 2 |
10 |
MMB104 | Control Engineering | 10 |
MMB800 | Thermodynamics 2 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
ELB045 | Electrical Power & Machines | 10 |
MMB403 | Design of Machine Elements | 10 |
MMB404 | Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) | 10 |
MMB801 | Heat Transfer | 10 |
MMB802 | Fluid Mechanics | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | DIS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | DPS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | DIntS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C or Part C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options (O) in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.
TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.
ONE module (10 credits) must be selected from each of Group D, E, F and G. Modules in Group D and E are paired with modules in Part D.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credtis)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD550 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits | Group |
WSC801 | Advanced Heat Transfer | 10 | OA |
WSC804 | Energy Systems Analysis | 10 | OA |
WSC910 | Laser Materials Processing | 10 | OA |
WSC104 | Robotics and Control | 10 | OB |
WSC107 | Contacts Mechanics: Tribology | 10 | OB |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 | OB |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 | OC |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits | Group |
WSC101 | Vibration and Noise | 10 | OD (1a) |
WSC105 | Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery | 10 | OD (1b) |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis | 10 | OD (1c) |
WSC802 | Computation Fluid Dynamics 1 | 10 | OD (1d) |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture | 10 | OD (1e) |
WSC301 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 | OF |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket propulsion | 10 | OF |
MPC014 | Materials in Service | 10 | OF |
MPC012 | Fracture and Failure | 10 | OF |
LAN*** | University wide Language | 10 | OF |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD503 | Product Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD403 | Engineering Design Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Students need to select TWO deepening modules from Group B, these should followon from modules taken in Part C.
Students MUST select ONE module from Group A (either Semester 1 or Semester 2).
Language options can ONLY be taken in Semester 1 OR Semester 2, not both.
No more than ONE module may be taken from each group, with a total of 40 credits to be selected in Semester 2.
NOTE Students who elect to study WSD900 in Semester 1 only need to select 30 credits as this module runs over both semesters..
Students cannot register for modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 & 2
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD900 | Intelligent Automation Using Machine Learning (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD500 | Project Leadership | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2c) | 10 |
WSD101 | Drive Train Dynamics (2b) | 10 |
WSD102 | Nonlinear Dynamics (2a) | 10 |
WSD802 | Computational Fluid Dynamics 2 (2d) | 10 |
MPD014 | Polymer Engineering 2 - Properties and Design (2e) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
WS602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD902 | Laser and Optical Measurement | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC301 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 |
WSC800 | Internal Combustion Engines | 20 |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD602 | Industial Sustainability | 10 |
WSD606 | Additive Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering | 10 |
Group G
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.7 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 (only) during their Part D, at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the programme director for their course. An acceptable learning programme should, where possible, include a group project and studies at an advanced/masters level.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the award of the Degree of Master of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the award of a Degree.
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat Module Assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng degree programme in Mechanical Engineering, before commencing Part C, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression for that programme at the appropriate point.
In exceptional circumstances, any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of the degree of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Mechanical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level modules assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks will be combined in the ratio Part B - 20, Part C - 40, Part D – 40 to determine the overall average percentage mark for the programme (the programme mark).
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) See also further details in 'Programme Structure' below.
|
Final award | MEng/ MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS/ MEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Electrical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with either the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H601, H605 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
To meet the aims of the BEng programme in Electronic and Electrical Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:
- A1. increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
- A2. develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in the electronic and electrical engineering industry;
- A3. develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning and self–reliance;
- A4. enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence; Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence; The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, 2014.
The UK Quality Code for Higher Education. The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. mathematical methods appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability
- K2. principles of engineering and/or systems science appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
- K3. principles of Information Technology and Communications appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K4. design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
- K5. characteristics of relevant engineering materials and components;
- K6. management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
- K7. codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K8. operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K9. the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K10. team roles, team-working skills and leadership skills;
- K11. relevant research methods.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:
- C1. an understanding of standard mathematical and/or computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
- C2. an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
- C3. a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
- C4. the ability to apply systems processes in a range of different engineering contexts.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use appropriate or novel mathematical methods for modelling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
- P2. select and use relevant test and measurement equipment;
- P3. plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
- P4. select and use computational tools and packages (including programming languages where appropriate);
- P5. design, and where appropriate construct, new systems, components or processes;
- P6. undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results;
- P7. search for, retrieve and evaluate information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- P8. manage a project and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings at an appropriate level.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. manipulate, sort and present data in a range of forms;
- T2. use evidence based methods in the solution of complex problems;
- T3. work with limited, incomplete and/or contradictory information in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- T4. use an engineering and/or systems approach to the solution of problems in unfamiliar situations;
- T5. be creative and innovative in problem solving;
- T6. work effectively as part of a team and show potential for leadership;
- T7. use a wide range of information and communications technology;
- T8. manage time and resources;
- T9. use appropriate management tools;
- T10. communicate effectively orally, visually and in writing at an appropriate level;
- T11. learn effectively, continuously and independently in a variety of environments.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulosry Modules (120 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
ELA005 | Electromagnetism A | 20 |
ELA004 | Signals and Systems | 20 |
ELA007 | Introduction to Systems Engineering for Projects | 20 |
MAA303 | Mathematics A | 20 |
ELA001 | Circuits | 20 |
ELA003 | Electronics A | 20 |
ELA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
The 20 credit module ELA001 Circuits is taught over both semesters, 2/3 of the module is taught in Semester 1 and 1/3 in Semester 2.
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (105 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
ELB002 | Communications | 15 |
ELB003 | Electromechanical Systems | 15 |
ELB004 | Control System Design | 15 |
ELB010 | Electronics B | 20 |
ELB013 | Engineering Project Management | 20 |
MAB303 | Mathematics B | 20 |
Optional Modules (students should take one of the optional modules indcated)
Code | Title | Credits |
ELB012 | Renewable Energy Systems Analysis | 15 |
ELB014 | Software Engineering | 15 |
ELB019 | Computer Architecture | 15 |
MMB140 | Mechanics | 15 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS),Part I will be between Parts B and C or between Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.3 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (45 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC008 | Business Management | 15 |
WSD001 | Team Project | 30 |
Optional Modules (75 credits)
Code | Title | Credits | Group |
WSC002 | Principles of Digital Communications | 15 | OA |
WSC003 | Renewable Energy Sources | 15 | OA |
WSC004 | Computer Networks | 15 | OA |
WSC007 | Electromagnetism C | 15 | OA |
WSC012 | Systems Engineering Applications Theory | 15 | OA |
WSC013 | Electromagnatic Compatibility | 15 | OA |
WSC014 | Biophotonics Engineering | 15 | OA |
WSC018 | Real-Time Software Engineering | 15 | OA |
WSC022 | Power Electronics for Renewables | 15 | OA |
WSC030 | Bioelectricity - Fundamentals and Applications | 15 | OA |
WSC039 | Microwave Communication Systems | 15 | OA |
WSC041 | Digital and State Space Control | 15 | OA |
WSC054 | Electronic Systems Design with FPGAs | 15 | OA |
WSC055 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 15 | OA |
WSC056 | Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing | 15 | OA |
DSC502 | Human Factors in Systems Design C | 15 | OA |
MPC022 | Materials Properties and Applications | 15 | OA |
XXXXXX | Options from the University Catalogue | 30 | OB |
The option OB allows a free choice of modules worth 30 credits from the University Catalogue. This choice should be restricted to modules from Part B, C or D level, subject to the overall requirement for the Part that at least 90 credits should be from Part C level or above. Choosing modules from Part D may result in examinations at the end of Semester 1. This free choice includes language modules from the University-wide Language Programme. The total of 120 credits should be arranged as near to 60 credits per semester as possible.
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.4 Part D - Degree Modules
Students need to select FOUR modules across the year, totalling 60 credits. Students should look to balance the credit and workload across they year.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credit |
WSD030 | Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
WSD034 | Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credit |
WSD506 | Digital Signal Processing | 15 |
WSD509 | Communication Networks | 15 |
WSD510 | Personal Radio Communications | 15 |
WSD511 | Information Theory and Coding | 15 |
WSD530 | Programming Multi-Many Core Systems | 15 |
WSD531 | Renewable Energy Technologies, Economics and Policy | 15 |
WSD533 | Solar Power | 15 |
WSD534 | Introduction to Wind Turbine Technology | 15 |
WSD535 | Water Power | 15 |
WSD536 | Bioenergy | 15 |
WSD546 | Statistical Methods and Data Analysis | 15 |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credit |
WSD062 | Understanding Complexity | 15 |
WSD508 | Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio | 15 |
WSD516 | Telecommunications Network Security | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
WSD518 | Elements of Pulsed Power Technologies | 15 |
WSD523 | Antennas | 15 |
WSD525 | Advanced Electronic Engineering Applications | 15 |
WSD526 | Radio Frequency and Microwave Integrated Circuit Design | 15 |
WSD532 | Integration of Renewables | 15 |
WSD538 | Energy Storage | 10 |
WSD540 | Advanced Photovoltaics | 10 |
WSD541 | Wind Turbine AeroDynamics and Load | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Programme Progression
Progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in that part.
For candidates who commence study on the programme before October, 2016:
To progress from Part A to Part B, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part A, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part A of at least 55%.
To progress from Part B to either Part C or Part I, (a period of professional training and/or study at an approved institution abroad, DIS or DIntS), candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part B, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part B of at least 55%.
To progress from Part C to either Part D or Part I, (a period of professional training and/or study at an approved institution abroad, DIS or DIntS), candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part C, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part C of at least 55%.
5.2 Degree award
To qualify for the award of the degree of Master of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, with no module marks less than 30%.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 15: Part C 42.5: Part D 42.5, to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng + DPS/ MEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Systems Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM20 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H660, H641 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
To meet the all of the aims of the MEng programme in Systems Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:
- A1. increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
- A2. develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in industry;
- A3. takes the student through the first level expected when applying for chartered engineer status
- A4. develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning, self–reliance and self- evaluation;
- A5. enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change;
- A6. develop an appreciation for complexity and uncertainty in engineering systems;
- A7. Provides an introduction to and experience of mentoring and evaluation processes and techniques enabling the student to articulate identified issues and suggest alternative approaches within a system design context;
- A8. Provides an opportunity to work in a multi-disciplinary team and to apply project management and engineering theory and practice in a collaborative and competitive
- A9. environment to build and demonstrate a complex autonomous system capable of fulfilling a changing set of requirements;
- A10. Increases the awareness of the complexities in the configuration of Systems of Systems (SoS) particularly at the interfaces of the component systems and hence the need to take a holistic view of SoS development and operation;
- A11. Develops a deeper understanding of the socio-technical aspects of systems and systems of systems design and operation.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
- Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the nature of systems thinking and systems engineering concepts and terminology;
- K2. the form and value of systems engineering-based techniques, methods and methodologies and their use in the development and evaluation of complex systems and systems of systems in a range of engineering and commercial domains;
- K3. the provenance and theory behind a range of systems and systems engineering tools, methods and processes;
- K4. the need for an integrated systems approach using appropriate and timely configurations of systems engineering methods, tools and processes;
- K5. the importance of integrating Requirements Specification, Systems Design and Validation and Verification approaches along the whole systems life cycle;
- K6. the role and limitations of systems architecture approaches: the interfaces between technical sub-systems with organisational, human and process sub systems;
- K7. Engineering and Management of Capability;
- K8. the theory behind and application of mentoring approaches;
- K9. the theory behind and application of formal project evaluation methods and practice;
- K10. mathematical methods appropriate to systems engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability;
- K11. principles of engineering and/or systems science appropriate to engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
- K12. principles of information technology and communications appropriate to engineering of complex systems;
- K13. knowledge and information management techniques and tools;
- K14. design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
- K15. characteristics of relevant common engineering materials and components;
- K16. management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
- K17. relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to systems engineering and related disciplines;
- K18. operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering;
- K19. the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K20. research methodologies and approaches;
- K21. ability to deal with uncertain, incomplete and changing information in a dynamic systems or systems of systems context.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:
- C1. an ability to apply a systems engineering approach to engineering, problem structuring and problem solving in a variety of engineering contexts;
- C2. ability to select and apply different systems engineering tools, methods and processes based on both an understanding of the theory behind the tools and an appreciation of their functionality and applicability to the system context;
- C3. the role and processes involved in mentoring individuals and groups and evaluation of projects against goals set;
- C4. an understanding of standard mathematical and/or computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
- C5. an appreciation of the socio-technical aspects of system design and operation and the application of methods and techniques available in this area;
- C6. a competency in systems architecting approaches;
- C7. an understanding of a range of areas dependent on modules studied eg control techniques used in industry, aeronautical considerations of aircraft design and performance, different renewable energy generation technologies, human factors in systems design, financial management, system architecting, innovation etc.
- C8. an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
- C9. a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
- C10. the ability to integrate, evaluate and use information, data and ideas from a range of sources in their project work.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. develop a viable systems engineering approach to the development of complex systems and systems of systems in a range of engineering and commercial environments;
- P2. analyse and identify a problem space, extract and formalize a requirements specification for a system of interest and select and apply appropriate systems design and validation and verification methods within a defined systems engineering process along the whole system lifecycle;
- P3. select and use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in a safe manner;
- P4. research, select and use computational tools and packages (including programming and modelling languages where appropriate) in familiar situations for modeling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
- P5. design, and where appropriate construct, systems, components or processes in a muli- disciplinary team within given time and resource constraints;
- P6. search for, locate, retrieve and reference correctly information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- P7. manage a project and the inherent technical and project management risks, and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings.
- P8. plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
- P9. undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should have the following skills and abilities:
- T1. Self-management : readiness to accept responsibility, flexibility, resilience, self-starting, appropriate assertiveness, time management, readiness to improve own performance based on feedback/reflective learning
- T2. Team-working: respecting others, co-operating, negotiating/persuading, contributing to discussions, interpersonal skills and awareness of interdependence with others
- T3. Leadership: project and group management, delegation v control, verbal and written communication, creativity, problem solving and financial/time/risk management
- T4. Analysis and investigation: use of systems engineering approaches, tools and techniques to gather and analyse information systematically to aid decision-making and critical thinking skills
- T5. Business and customer awareness: Basic understanding of the key drivers for business success – including the importance of innovation and taking calculated risks – and the need to provide customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty
- T6. Problem solving: analysing facts and situations and applying creative thinking to develop appropriate solutions
- T7. Communication and literacy: application of literacy, ability to produce clear, structured written work and oral literacy – including listening and questioning
- T8. Positive attitude: a ‘can-do’ approach, self- motivation, a readiness to take part and contribute, openness to new ideas and a drive to make these happen
- T9. Entrepreneurship and enterprise: broadly, an ability to demonstrate an innovative approach, creativity, collaboration and risk taking. An individual with these attributes can make a huge difference to any business
- T10. IT and networks: programming and application development, databases, modeling software, spreadsheets, word processing, graphics and multi-media
- T11. Risk Management and mitigation
- T12. Generation and selection of alternative solutions to different classes of engineering/system design problems using a range of methods
- T13. manipulate, sort and present data in a range of forms
- T14. use evidence based methods and investigative techniques in the solution of complex problems
- T15. work with limited, incomplete and/or contradictory information in the solution of unfamiliar problems
- T16. Mentoring and evaluation skills including self reflection on performance
- T17. Production and deliver of professional and effective presentations using a range of media
- T18. Ability to learn effectively, continuously and independently in a variety of environments
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA016 |
Industrial Project in Systems Engineering |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA011 | Electronic Circuits | 20 |
WSA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
MAA103 | Core Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Systems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics | 10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB006 |
Systems Integration |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB007 | Systems Methods | 20 |
MAB103 | Advanced Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB004 | Control System Design | 20 |
WSB009 | Mobile Robots | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB010 | Electronics | 20 |
WSB014 | Embedded Systems Programming | 20 |
WSB140 | Mechanics for Robotics | 20 |
4.3 Part I
Code |
Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or between Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSD001 |
Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) |
30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC312 | Systems Engineering Applications Theory | 10 |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
DSC502 | Human Factors in Systems Engineering C | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC302 | Digital Communication Theory and Practice | 20 |
WSC303 | Renewable Energy Systems | 20 |
WSC318 | Embedded Systems Design and Implementation | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
WSC203 | Manufacturing Planning and Control | 10 |
WSC204 | Management of the Human Resource | 10 |
WSC206 | Product Innovation Management | 10 |
4.5 Part D
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (60 Credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSD030 |
Advanced Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) |
50 |
WSD033 |
Systems Diagnostics (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) |
10 |
Semester 1
Optional modules
Students must select 45 credits of optional modules (THREE modules) from across the year. You MUST select at least ONE module from Group A, this can be from either Semester One or Two. The total of 120 credtis shuld be arranged as near to 60 credits per semester as possible.
Group A
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSD572 | Systems Architecture | 15 | 1 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSD536 | Bioenergy | 15 | 1 |
WSD506 | Digital Signal Processing | 15 | 1 |
WSD569 | Innovation and Entrepeneurship in Engineering | 15 | 1 |
WSD533 | Solar Power | 15 | 1 |
WSD535 | Water Power | 15 | 1 |
WSD534 | Introduction to Wind Turbine Technology | 15 | 1 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSD062 | Understanding Complexity | 15 | 1 |
Group A
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSD060 | Engineering and Managing Capability | 15 | 2 |
WSD567 | Validation and Verification | 15 | 2 |
WSD571 | Holidtic Engineering | 15 | 2 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSD532 | Intergration of Renewables | 15 | 2 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 | 2 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and student having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for programme progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from Part c to D and to be eligible for the award of an honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirments set out in Regulation XX and in addtion candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D and achieve and overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Electronic and Electrical Engineeringl, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40, to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng + DPS/ MEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Systems Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM20 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H660, H641 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
To meet the all of the aims of the MEng programme in Systems Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:
- A1. increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
- A2. develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in industry;
- A3. takes the student through the first level expected when applying for chartered engineer status
- A4. develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning, self–reliance and self- evaluation;
- A5. enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change;
- A6. develop an appreciation for complexity and uncertainty in engineering systems;
- A7. Provides an introduction to and experience of mentoring and evaluation processes and techniques enabling the student to articulate identified issues and suggest alternative approaches within a system design context;
- A8. Provides an opportunity to work in a multi-disciplinary team and to apply project management and engineering theory and practice in a collaborative and competitive
- A9. environment to build and demonstrate a complex autonomous system capable of fulfilling a changing set of requirements;
- A10. Increases the awareness of the complexities in the configuration of Systems of Systems (SoS) particularly at the interfaces of the component systems and hence the need to take a holistic view of SoS development and operation;
- A11. Develops a deeper understanding of the socio-technical aspects of systems and systems of systems design and operation.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
- Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. the nature of systems thinking and systems engineering concepts and terminology;
- K2. the form and value of systems engineering-based techniques, methods and methodologies and their use in the development and evaluation of complex systems and systems of systems in a range of engineering and commercial domains;
- K3. the provenance and theory behind a range of systems and systems engineering tools, methods and processes;
- K4. the need for an integrated systems approach using appropriate and timely configurations of systems engineering methods, tools and processes;
- K5. the importance of integrating Requirements Specification, Systems Design and Validation and Verification approaches along the whole systems life cycle;
- K6. the role and limitations of systems architecture approaches: the interfaces between technical sub-systems with organisational, human and process sub systems;
- K7. Engineering and Management of Capability;
- K8. the theory behind and application of mentoring approaches;
- K9. the theory behind and application of formal project evaluation methods and practice;
- K10. mathematical methods appropriate to systems engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability;
- K11. principles of engineering and/or systems science appropriate to engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
- K12. principles of information technology and communications appropriate to engineering of complex systems;
- K13. knowledge and information management techniques and tools;
- K14. design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
- K15. characteristics of relevant common engineering materials and components;
- K16. management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
- K17. relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to systems engineering and related disciplines;
- K18. operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering;
- K19. the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K20. research methodologies and approaches;
- K21. ability to deal with uncertain, incomplete and changing information in a dynamic systems or systems of systems context.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:
- C1. an ability to apply a systems engineering approach to engineering, problem structuring and problem solving in a variety of engineering contexts;
- C2. ability to select and apply different systems engineering tools, methods and processes based on both an understanding of the theory behind the tools and an appreciation of their functionality and applicability to the system context;
- C3. the role and processes involved in mentoring individuals and groups and evaluation of projects against goals set;
- C4. an understanding of standard mathematical and/or computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
- C5. an appreciation of the socio-technical aspects of system design and operation and the application of methods and techniques available in this area;
- C6. a competency in systems architecting approaches;
- C7. an understanding of a range of areas dependent on modules studied eg control techniques used in industry, aeronautical considerations of aircraft design and performance, different renewable energy generation technologies, human factors in systems design, financial management, system architecting, innovation etc.
- C8. an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
- C9. a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
- C10. the ability to integrate, evaluate and use information, data and ideas from a range of sources in their project work.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. develop a viable systems engineering approach to the development of complex systems and systems of systems in a range of engineering and commercial environments;
- P2. analyse and identify a problem space, extract and formalize a requirements specification for a system of interest and select and apply appropriate systems design and validation and verification methods within a defined systems engineering process along the whole system lifecycle;
- P3. select and use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in a safe manner;
- P4. research, select and use computational tools and packages (including programming and modelling languages where appropriate) in familiar situations for modeling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
- P5. design, and where appropriate construct, systems, components or processes in a muli- disciplinary team within given time and resource constraints;
- P6. search for, locate, retrieve and reference correctly information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- P7. manage a project and the inherent technical and project management risks, and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings.
- P8. plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
- P9. undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should have the following skills and abilities:
- T1. Self-management : readiness to accept responsibility, flexibility, resilience, self-starting, appropriate assertiveness, time management, readiness to improve own performance based on feedback/reflective learning
- T2. Team-working: respecting others, co-operating, negotiating/persuading, contributing to discussions, interpersonal skills and awareness of interdependence with others
- T3. Leadership: project and group management, delegation v control, verbal and written communication, creativity, problem solving and financial/time/risk management
- T4. Analysis and investigation: use of systems engineering approaches, tools and techniques to gather and analyse information systematically to aid decision-making and critical thinking skills
- T5. Business and customer awareness: Basic understanding of the key drivers for business success – including the importance of innovation and taking calculated risks – and the need to provide customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty
- T6. Problem solving: analysing facts and situations and applying creative thinking to develop appropriate solutions
- T7. Communication and literacy: application of literacy, ability to produce clear, structured written work and oral literacy – including listening and questioning
- T8. Positive attitude: a ‘can-do’ approach, self- motivation, a readiness to take part and contribute, openness to new ideas and a drive to make these happen
- T9. Entrepreneurship and enterprise: broadly, an ability to demonstrate an innovative approach, creativity, collaboration and risk taking. An individual with these attributes can make a huge difference to any business
- T10. IT and networks: programming and application development, databases, modeling software, spreadsheets, word processing, graphics and multi-media
- T11. Risk Management and mitigation
- T12. Generation and selection of alternative solutions to different classes of engineering/system design problems using a range of methods
- T13. manipulate, sort and present data in a range of forms
- T14. use evidence based methods and investigative techniques in the solution of complex problems
- T15. work with limited, incomplete and/or contradictory information in the solution of unfamiliar problems
- T16. Mentoring and evaluation skills including self reflection on performance
- T17. Production and deliver of professional and effective presentations using a range of media
- T18. Ability to learn effectively, continuously and independently in a variety of environments
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (110 Credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
ELA004 |
Signals and Systems |
10 |
ELA007 |
Introduction to Systems Engineering for Projects |
20 |
MAA303 |
Mathematics A |
20 |
ELA001 |
Circuits |
20 |
ELA003 |
Electronics A |
20 |
ELA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules
Code | Title | Credits |
ELA005 | Electromagnetism A | 10 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (90 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
ELB006 |
Systems Integration |
20 |
ELB007 |
Systems Methods |
20 |
MAB303 |
Mathematics B |
20 |
ELB004 | Control System Design | 15 |
ELB008 | Aircraft Design | 15 |
Optional Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
ELB002 | Communications | 15 |
ELB003 | Electromechanical Systems | 15 |
ELB140 | MEchanics | 15 |
4.3 Part I
Code |
Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or between Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C
Candidates must choose one option ‘o’ from each semester
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSD001 |
Team Project |
30 |
DSC502 |
Human Factors in Systems Engineering C |
15 |
MPC022 |
Materials Properties and Applications |
15 |
WSC012 |
Systems Engineering Applications Theory |
15 |
Optional Modules
Code | Title | Credits | |
WSC003 | Renewable Energy Sources | 15 | OA |
WSC007 | Electromagnetism C | 15 | OA |
WSC008 | Business Management | 15 | OA |
WSC013 | Electromagnetic Compatibility | 15 | OA |
WSC014 | Biophotonics Engineering | 15 | OA |
WSC030 | Bioelectricity - Fundamentals and Applications | 15 | OA |
WSC041 | Digital and State Space Control | 15 | OA |
WSC056 | Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing | 15 | OA |
XXXXXX | Options from the unviersity catalogue | 30 | OC |
The option OB allows a free choice of modules worth 30 credits from the University Catalogue. This choice should be restricted to modules from Part C or D level, subject to the overall requirement for the Part that at least 90 credits should be from Part D level or above. The total of 120 credits should be arranged as near to 60 credits per semester as possible.
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (60 Credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSD030 |
Advanced Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) |
50 |
WSD033 |
Systems Diagnostics (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) |
10 |
Semester 1
Optional modules
Students must select 45 credits of option modules (THREE modules) from across the year, you MUST select at least ONE module from Group A, this can be in either Semester One or Two. The total of 120 credits should be arranged as near to 60 credits per semester as possible
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD572 | Systems Architecture | 15 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits | Semester |
WSD536 | Biomass 1 | 15 | 1 |
WSD506 | Digital Signal Processing | 15 | 1 |
WSD569 | Innovation and Entrepeneurship in Engineering | 15 | 1 |
WSD533 | Solar Power | 15 | 1 |
WSD535 | Water Power | 15 | 1 |
WSD534 | Wind Power 1 | 15 | 1 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD062 | Understanding Complexity | 15 |
Optional modules
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD060 | Engineering and Managing Capability | 15 |
WSD567 | Validation and Verification | 15 |
WSD571 | Holistic Engineering | 15 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD532 | Integration of Renewables | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and student having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for programme progression
Progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in that part.
For candidates who commence study on the programme before October, 2016:
To progress from Part A to Part B, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part A, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part A of at least 55%.
To progress from Part B to either Part C or Part I, (a period of professional training and/or study at an approved institution abroad, DIS or DIntS), candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part B, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part B of at least 55%.
To progress from Part C to either Part D or Part I, (a period of professional training and/or study at an approved institution abroad, DIS or DIntS), candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part C, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part C of at least 55%.
5.2 Degree Award
To qualify for the award of the degree of Master of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, with no module marks less than 30%. In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with codes of the form WSD5xx taken in Part D.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 15: Part C 42.5: Part D 42.5, to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)
|
Final award | MEng/ MEng + DIS/ MEng + DPS/ MEng + DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with either the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H612, H613 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
To meet the aims of the MEng programme in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:
- A1. increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
- A2. develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in the electronic and electrical engineering industry;
- A3. develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning and self–reliance;
- A4. enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. mathematical methods appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability
- K2. principles of engineering appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
- K3. principles of Information Technology and Communications appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K4. design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
- K5. characteristics of relevant engineering components;
- K6. management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
- K7. codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K8. operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K9. the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K9. team roles, team-working skills and leadership skills;
- K10. relevant research methods.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:
- C1. an understanding of standard mathematical and computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
- C2. an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
- C3. a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
- C4. the ability to apply engineering processes in a range practical contexts.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use appropriate or novel mathematical methods for modelling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
- P2. select and use relevant test and measurement equipment;
- P3. plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
- P4. select and use computational tools and packages (including programming languages where appropriate);
- P5. design, and where appropriate construct, new systems, components or processes;
- P6. undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results;
- P7. search for, retrieve and evaluate information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- P8. manage a project and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings at an appropriate level.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. manipulate, sort and present data in a range of forms;
- T2. use evidence based methods in the solution of complex problems;
- T3. work with limited, incomplete and/or contradictory information in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- T4. use an engineering and/or systems approach to the solution of problems in unfamiliar situations;
- T5. be creative and innovative in problem solving;
- T6. work effectively as part of a team and show potential for leadership;
- T7. use a wide range of information and communications technology;
- T8. manage time and resources;
- T9. use appropriate management tools;
- T10. communicate effectively orally, visually and in writing at an appropriate level;
- T11. learn effectively, continuously and independently in a variety of environments.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA019 | Industrial Group Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
WSA011 | Electronic Circuits | 20 |
MAA103 | Core Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Systems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics 2 | 10 |
Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB010 | Electronics | 20 |
WSB014 | Embedded Systems Programming | 20 |
MAB103 | Advanced Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB019 | Computer Architecture | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control Systems Design | 20 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Part B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulations XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulosry modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD001 | Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC318 | Embedded Systems Design and Implementation | 20 |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC302 | Digital Communication Theory and Practice | 20 |
WSC303 | Renewabe Energy Systems | 20 |
WSC331 | Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD030 | Advanced Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
WSD034 | Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD530 | Programming Multi/many-core Systems | 15 |
Optional modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD506 | Digital Signal Processing | 15 |
WSD509 | Communication Networks | 15 |
WSD510 | Personal Radio Communications | 15 |
WSD511 | Information Theory and Coding | 15 |
WSD515 | Communication Channels | 15 |
WSD546 | Statistical Methods and Data Analysis | 15 |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD508 | Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio | 15 |
WSD516 | Telecommunication Network Security | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
WSD525 | Advanced Electronic Engineering Applications | 15 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for programme progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40, to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)
|
Final award | MEng/ MEng + DIS/ MEng + DPS/ MEng + DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with either the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H612, H613 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
To meet the aims of the MEng programme in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:
- A1. increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
- A2. develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in the electronic and electrical engineering industry;
- A3. develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning and self–reliance;
- A4. enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. mathematical methods appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability
- K2. principles of engineering appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
- K3. principles of Information Technology and Communications appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K4. design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
- K5. characteristics of relevant engineering components;
- K6. management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
- K7. codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K8. operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K9. the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K9. team roles, team-working skills and leadership skills;
- K10. relevant research methods.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:
- C1. an understanding of standard mathematical and computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
- C2. an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
- C3. a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
- C4. the ability to apply engineering processes in a range practical contexts.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use appropriate or novel mathematical methods for modelling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
- P2. select and use relevant test and measurement equipment;
- P3. plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
- P4. select and use computational tools and packages (including programming languages where appropriate);
- P5. design, and where appropriate construct, new systems, components or processes;
- P6. undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results;
- P7. search for, retrieve and evaluate information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- P8. manage a project and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings at an appropriate level.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. manipulate, sort and present data in a range of forms;
- T2. use evidence based methods in the solution of complex problems;
- T3. work with limited, incomplete and/or contradictory information in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- T4. use an engineering and/or systems approach to the solution of problems in unfamiliar situations;
- T5. be creative and innovative in problem solving;
- T6. work effectively as part of a team and show potential for leadership;
- T7. use a wide range of information and communications technology;
- T8. manage time and resources;
- T9. use appropriate management tools;
- T10. communicate effectively orally, visually and in writing at an appropriate level;
- T11. learn effectively, continuously and independently in a variety of environments.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA017 | Industrial Project in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
WSA011 | Electronic Circuits | 20 |
MAA103 | Core Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science B | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Systems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics B | 10 |
Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB010 | Electronics | 20 |
WSB014 | Embedded Systems Programming | 20 |
MAB103 | Advanced Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB019 | Computer Architecture | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control Systems Design | 20 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Part B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulations XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulosry modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD001 | Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC318 | Embedded Systems Design and Implementation | 20 |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC302 | Digital Communication Theory and Practice | 20 |
WSC303 | Renewable Energy Systems | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD030 | Advanced Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
WSD034 | Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD530 | Programming Multi/many-core Systems | 15 |
Optional modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD506 | Digital Signal Processing | 15 |
WSD509 | Communication Networks | 15 |
WSD510 | Personal Radio Communications | 15 |
WSD511 | Information Theory and Coding | 15 |
WSD515 | Communication Channels | 15 |
WSD546 | Statistical Methods and Data Analysis | 15 |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD508 | Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio | 15 |
WSD516 | Telecommunication Network Security | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
WSD525 | Advanced Electronic Engineering Applications | 15 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for programme progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the
Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Electronic Computer Systems Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40, to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)
|
Final award | MEng/ MEng + DIS/ MEng + DPS/ MEng + DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with either the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Profession Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H612, H613 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
To meet the aims of the MEng programme in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:
- A1. increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
- A2. develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in the electronic and electrical engineering industry;
- A3. develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning and self–reliance;
- A4. enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. mathematical methods appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability
- K2. principles of engineering appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
- K3. principles of Information Technology and Communications appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K4. design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
- K5. characteristics of relevant engineering components;
- K6. management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
- K7. codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K8. operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K9. the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K9. team roles, team-working skills and leadership skills;
- K10. relevant research methods.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:
- C1. an understanding of standard mathematical and computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
- C2. an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
- C3. a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
- C4. the ability to apply engineering processes in a range practical contexts.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use appropriate or novel mathematical methods for modelling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
- P2. select and use relevant test and measurement equipment;
- P3. plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
- P4. select and use computational tools and packages (including programming languages where appropriate);
- P5. design, and where appropriate construct, new systems, components or processes;
- P6. undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results;
- P7. search for, retrieve and evaluate information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- P8. manage a project and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings at an appropriate level.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. manipulate, sort and present data in a range of forms;
- T2. use evidence based methods in the solution of complex problems;
- T3. work with limited, incomplete and/or contradictory information in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- T4. use an engineering and/or systems approach to the solution of problems in unfamiliar situations;
- T5. be creative and innovative in problem solving;
- T6. work effectively as part of a team and show potential for leadership;
- T7. use a wide range of information and communications technology;
- T8. manage time and resources;
- T9. use appropriate management tools;
- T10. communicate effectively orally, visually and in writing at an appropriate level;
- T11. learn effectively, continuously and independently in a variety of environments.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA017 | Industrial Project in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
WSA011 | Electronic Circuits | 20 |
MAA103 | Core Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science B | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Systems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics B | 10 |
Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB010 | Electronics | 20 |
WSB014 | Embedded Systems Programming | 20 |
MAB103 | Advanced Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB019 | Computer Architecture | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control Systems Design | 20 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Part B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulations XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulosry modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD001 | Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC318 | Embedded Systems Design and Implementation | 20 |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC302 | Digital Communication Theory and Practice | 20 |
WSC303 | Renewable Energy Systems | 20 |
WSC331 | Bioelectricty and Biophotonics Engineering | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD030 | Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
WSD034 | Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD530 | Programming Multi/many-core Systems | 15 |
Optional modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD506 | Digital Signal Processing | 15 |
WSD509 | Communication Networks | 15 |
WSD510 | Personal Radio Communications | 15 |
WSD511 | Information Theory and Coding | 15 |
WSD515 | Communication Channels | 15 |
WSD546 | Statistical Methods and Data Analysis | 15 |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD508 | Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio | 15 |
WSD516 | Telecommunication Network Security | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
WSD525 | Advanced Electronic Engineering Applications | 15 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for programme progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the
Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Electronic Computer Systems Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40, to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)
|
Final award | MEng/ MEng + DIS/ MEng + DPS/ MEng + DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM30 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with either the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H612, H613 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
To meet the aims of the MEng programme in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:
- A1. increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
- A2. develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in the electronic and electrical engineering industry;
- A3. develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning and self–reliance;
- A4. enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. mathematical methods appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability
- K2. principles of engineering appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
- K3. principles of Information Technology and Communications appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K4. design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
- K5. characteristics of relevant engineering components;
- K6. management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
- K7. codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K8. operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K9. the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K9. team roles, team-working skills and leadership skills;
- K10. relevant research methods.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:
- C1. an understanding of standard mathematical and computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
- C2. an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
- C3. a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
- C4. the ability to apply engineering processes in a range practical contexts.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use appropriate or novel mathematical methods for modelling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
- P2. select and use relevant test and measurement equipment;
- P3. plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
- P4. select and use computational tools and packages (including programming languages where appropriate);
- P5. design, and where appropriate construct, new systems, components or processes;
- P6. undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results;
- P7. search for, retrieve and evaluate information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- P8. manage a project and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings at an appropriate level.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. manipulate, sort and present data in a range of forms;
- T2. use evidence based methods in the solution of complex problems;
- T3. work with limited, incomplete and/or contradictory information in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- T4. use an engineering and/or systems approach to the solution of problems in unfamiliar situations;
- T5. be creative and innovative in problem solving;
- T6. work effectively as part of a team and show potential for leadership;
- T7. use a wide range of information and communications technology;
- T8. manage time and resources;
- T9. use appropriate management tools;
- T10. communicate effectively orally, visually and in writing at an appropriate level;
- T11. learn effectively, continuously and independently in a variety of environments.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (100 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
ELA004 | Signals and Systems | 20 |
ELA007 | Introduction to Systems Engineering for Projects | 20 |
MAA303 | Mathematics A | 20 |
ELA001 | Circuits | 20 |
ELA003 | Electronics A | 20 |
ELA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
ELA005 | Electromagnetism A | 10 |
The 20 credit module ELA001 Circuits is taught over both semesters, 2/3 of the module is taught in Semester 1 and 1/3 in Semester 2.
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Smester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (85 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
ELB014 | Software Engineering | 15 |
ELB019 | Computer Architecture | 15 |
ELB020 | Introduction to FPGA Design | 15 |
ELB010 | Electronics B | 20 |
MAB303 | Mathematics B | 20 |
Optional Modules (35 credits)
Code | Title | Credits | |
ELB006 | Systems Integration | 20 | OA |
ELB013 | Engineering Project Management | 20 | OA |
ELB002 | Communications | 15 | OB |
ELB004 | Control Systems Design | 15 | OB |
Students should take one of the optional modules marked oA and one marked oB.
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Part B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulations XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulosry modules (90 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC008 | Business Management | 15 |
WSC018 | Real-Time Software Engineering | 15 |
WSC054 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 15 |
WSC055 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 15 |
WSD001 | Team Project | 30 |
Optional Modules (30)
Code | Title | Credits | |
WSC002 | Principles of Digital Communications | 15 | OA |
WSC004 | Computer Networks | 15 | OA |
WSC013 | Electromagnetic Compatibility | 15 | OA |
WSC014 | Biophotonics Engineering | 15 | OA |
WSC030 | Bioelectricity - Fundamentals and Applications | 15 | OA |
WSC039 | Microwave Communication Systems | 15 | OA |
WSC041 | Digital and State Space Control | 15 | OA |
WSC056 | Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing | 15 | OA |
DSC502 | Human Factors in Systems Design C | 15 | OA |
MPC022 | Materials Properties and Applications | 15 | OA |
XXXXXX | Options from the University Catalogue |
30 |
OB |
Option modules with a total weight of 30 credits should be chosen.
The option OB allows a free choice of modules worth 30 credits from the University Catalogue. This choice should be restricted to modules from Part C or D level, subject to the overall requirement for the Part that at least 90 credits should be from Part D level or above. The total of 120 credits should be arranged as near to 60 credits per semester as possible.
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD030 | Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
WSD034 | Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD530 | Programming Multi/many-core Systems | 15 |
Optional modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD506 | Digital Signal Processing | 15 |
WSD509 | Communication Networks | 15 |
WSD510 | Personal Radio Communications | 15 |
WSD511 | Information Theory and Coding | 15 |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
WSD546 | Statistical methods and Data Analysis | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD508 | Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio | 15 |
WSD516 | Telecommunication Network Security | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
WSD525 | Advanced Electronic Engineering Applications | 15 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for programme progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Electronic Computer Systems Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
For candidates who commence study on the programme before October, 2016:
To progress from Part A to Part B, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part A, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part A of at least 55%.
To progress from Part B to either Part C or Part I, (a period of professional training and/or study at an approved institution abroad, DIS or DIntS), candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part B, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part B of at least 55%.
To progress from Part C to either Part D or Part I, (a period of professional training and/or study at an approved institution abroad, DIS or DIntS), candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part C, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part C of at least 55%.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 15: Part C 42.5: Part D 42.5, to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | MEng/MEng + DPS/MEng + DInts/MEng +DIS |
Programme title | Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM35 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies of Diploma of International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H673, H674 |
Admissions criteria | MEng - MEng + DPS/DInts - |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The MEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering aims to:
- A1. Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development and analysis of complex systems
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems.
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing innovative systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
- A4. Produce engineers with extensive knowledge and understanding of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
- A5. Develop graduates capable of integrating their knowledge of mathematics, science and the broader engineering context to solve complex problems.
- A6. Promote innovation in engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A7. Support personal and professional development, including, problem solving, leadership, team work and both oral and written presentation skills, as well as the ability to take the initiative in improving personal performance.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
- Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering
- K2. Demonstrate an understanding of general engineering and broader principles relevant to engineering
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes
- K5. Demonstrate extensive knowledge of the application of management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, including their limitations
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers
- K7. Demonstrate awareness of developing technologies in robotics, mechatronics and control engineering
- K8. Draw on a deep understanding of robotics, mechatronics and control to form original solutions to engineering problems, some of which may have incomplete specifications.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Generate innovative designs for engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering
- P2. Demonstrate a thorough understanding of current practice in defining and solving practical engineering problems, including its limitations and likely future direction
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner
- P5. Apply engineering techniques taking into account relevant codes of practice, commercial constraints and industry standards
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty
- P8. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, independently, as team member or as a team leader;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning and be able to take the initiative in improving personal performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA018 |
Industrial Project in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA103 |
Core Mathematics 1 |
10 |
WSA010 |
Programming and Software Design |
20 |
WSA011 |
Electronic Circuits |
20 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA203 |
Core Mathematics 2 |
10 |
WSA012 |
Electrical Science A |
20 |
WSA013 |
Digital Systems |
20 |
4.2 Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB013 |
Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits ; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB010 |
Electronics |
20 |
WSB140 |
Mechanics for Robotics |
20 |
MAB103 |
Advanced Mathematics 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB004 | Control System Design | 20 |
WSB009 | Mobile Robots | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Code |
Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DInts) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or between Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD001 | Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC312 |
Systems Engineering Applications and Theory |
10 |
WSC341 |
Digital and State Space Control |
20 |
WSC108 |
Manufacturing Automation and Control |
10 |
WSC200 |
Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
Optional Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 |
Computer Networks |
20 |
WSC331 |
Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering |
20 |
WSC322 |
Power Electronics |
20 |
WSC354 |
Electronic System Design with FPGAs |
20 |
4.5 Part D
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSD030 |
Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) |
50 |
WSD034 |
Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) |
10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
WSD527 | Systems Modelling for Control Engineering | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD516 | Telecommunications Network Security | 15 |
WSD532 | Intergration of Renewables | 15 |
WSD062 | Understanding Complexity | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for programme progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Sports Technology
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | |
Final award | MEng / MEng + DIS/ MEng + DPS |
Programme title | Sports Technology |
Programme code | WSUM05 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if taken with either the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) or Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | C650/C651 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The overall aim of this programme is to provide students with the knowledge, understanding, key skills and attributes to make a substantial impact within the sports equipment industry. To achieve this, the programme provides the relevant background in engineering and sports science, knowledge of materials, design and manufacturing processes and an understanding of the sports equipment business. In combination this equips students with the skills to conceive and develop innovative sports equipment designs and turn them into manufacturing reality and profitable products. The depth offered by this MEng programme enables students to achieve Chartered Engineer status after further industrial experience and progress rapidly both technically and managerially in a range of sports equipment related organisations.
Specific aims are:
A1. To produce high quality graduates with a strong academic background, excellent communication skills and the ability to progress to positions of responsibility
A2. To deliver technical depth in core engineering subjects and specialist applications leading to a broad understanding of engineering knowledge, and a critical awareness of current insights within sports equipment engineering and management.
A3. To support graduates to manage their own learning and solve complex problems individually and in teams.
A4. To train skilled sports engineers with a broad appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and social aspects of engineering.
A5. To provide an engineering degree programme for highly motivated students that applies engineering design and sports science principles to sports equipment
A6. To produce graduates with the analytical and transferable skills that will enable employment in a wide variety of professions and to make a valuable contribution to society.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015).
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014.
- Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
K1. the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to the sports engineering / equipment design and manufacture;
K2. the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and mechanical workshop practices;
K3. the role of instrumentation and measurement techniques within sports equipment evaluation and experimental protocol design;
K4. the principles of sports equipment design, engineering design and manufacturing design and the ability to manage a design project;
K5. ergonomics and aesthetic considerations and how they impact on sports equipment design;
K6. relevant developing technologies, sustainability issues and the broad range of concepts necessary for effective sports equipment design and manufacture;
K7. principles governing the mechanics and biomechanics of sports movements;
K8. management techniques, business practices and the commercial and economic context and drivers of the sports equipment / engineering business;
K9. intellectual property issues and environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
K10. engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models related to sports equipment design / engineering;
K11. codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues, including new developments and limitations, as applicable to a sports equipment design / engineering career.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
The MEng graduate will be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:
C1. identify and define a sports equipment design / engineering problem in unfamiliar situations and generate innovative solutions;
C2. apply and adapt appropriate methods to model such solutions and assess the limitations of each method;
C3 . analyse engineering solutions using contemporary computer-based systems and appreciate their limitations;
C4. investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge;
C5. apply biomechanics to the analysis of movement in sport;
C6. demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, aesthetics, environment and safety;
C7. analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of sports equipment design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
C8. evaluate commercial risk and market trends within the sports sector;
C9. integrate knowledge from all aspects of the programme, applying understanding to novel and challenging situations, while being aware of the limitations of solutions;
C10. generate innovative designs for systems, components or processes to fulfil new needs.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
P1. research technical information and apply new methods required for novel situations;
P2. communicate design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
P3. prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
P4. test design concepts via practical investigation;
P5. use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment to collect, analyse and present mechanical and biomechanical data;
P6. present technical and business information in a variety of ways to create deeper understanding and/or greater impact;
P7. manage and lead the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
P8. apply engineering techniques taking account of a range of commercial and industrial constraints;
P9. identify and apply methods to minimise measurement uncertainty.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
T1. demonstrate high levels of computer literacy and numeracy;
T2. apply creative, structured and evidence-based approaches to problem solving;
T3. communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
T4. work effectively independently, in a team and as a team leader;
T5. demonstrate advanced organisational and management skills to meet deadlines;
T6. learn new theories, concepts, methods etc. in unfamiliar situations outside the discipline area;
T7. demonstrate self-learning to improve performance.
4. Programme structure
INTRODUCTORY MODULES
Part A
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (80 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
MAA307 |
Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
PSA721 |
Introduction to Sports Biomechanics & Kinesiology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
WSA401 |
Product Design (Ergonomics and Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
WSA502 |
Applied Sports Technology 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA400 |
Application of CAD for Engineering Designers |
10 |
WSA602 |
Introduction to Materials and Manufacturing Processes |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSA700 |
Measurement Principles |
10 |
WSA701 |
Mechanical Design in Sport |
10 |
DEGREE MODULES
Part B
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (80 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
PSB722 |
Sports Biomechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
WSB302 |
Engineering Computation for Sports Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
WSB502 |
Applied Sports Technology 2 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
WSB503 |
Application of Product Design in Sports (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSB701 |
Measurement and Experimental Design |
10 |
WSB901 |
Electronic Systems |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
MAB206 |
Statistics |
10 |
WSB700 |
Sports Good Design, Manufacture and Test |
10 |
Part I
Code |
Title |
WSI010 |
Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) |
WSI020 |
Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) or Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), Part I will be between Part B and C or Part C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
Part C
Students must select at least one of MPC012 and WSC606 in their optional modules.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSD550 |
Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) |
50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC200 |
Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality |
10 |
WSC701 |
Sports Surfaces, Footwear and Garments |
10 |
Optional modules (Students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC401 |
Design Methods and Communication |
10 |
WSC606 |
Additive Manufacturing for Product Development |
10 |
WSC602 |
Sustainable Manufacturing |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC702 |
Sport Equipment Industry |
10 |
Optional modules (Students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC203 |
Manufacturing Planning & Control |
10 |
WSC300 |
Product Information Systems – Computer Aided Design |
10 |
WSC610 |
Healthcare Engineering |
10 |
MPC012 |
Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture |
10 |
Part D
Students must select at least one of MPD014 and WSD606 in their optional modules.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
PSC724 |
Advanced Sports Biomechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) |
20 |
WSD503 |
Product Engineering – Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) |
30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
BSD523 |
Enterprise Technology |
10 |
WSD207 |
Project Management |
10 |
Optional modules (Students should select modules totalling 20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
MPD014 |
Polymer Engineering – Properties & Design |
10 |
WSC201 |
Organisation Structure & Strategy |
10 |
WSC600 |
Advanced Manufacturing Processes & Technology 1 |
10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC070 |
Emerging Technologies for Health and Wellbeing |
10 |
WSD407 |
Sustainable Product Design |
10 |
Optional modules (Students should select modules totalling 10 credits)
Code |
Title |
Credits |
WSC603 |
Metrology |
10 |
WSD606 |
Additive Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering |
10 |
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Sports Technology, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Sports Technology with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidate’s final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the final percentage mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)
|
Final award | MEng/ MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS/ MEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Electrical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with either the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H601, H605 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
To meet the aims of the BEng programme in Electronic and Electrical Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:
- A1. increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
- A2. develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in the electronic and electrical engineering industry;
- A3. develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning and self–reliance;
- A4. enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence; Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence; The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, 2014.
The UK Quality Code for Higher Education. The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. mathematical methods appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability
- K2. principles of engineering and/or systems science appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
- K3. principles of Information Technology and Communications appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K4. design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
- K5. characteristics of relevant engineering materials and components;
- K6. management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
- K7. codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K8. operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
- K9. the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
- K10. team roles, team-working skills and leadership skills;
- K11. relevant research methods.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:
- C1. an understanding of standard mathematical and/or computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
- C2. an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
- C3. a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
- C4. the ability to apply systems processes in a range of different engineering contexts.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. use appropriate or novel mathematical methods for modelling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
- P2. select and use relevant test and measurement equipment;
- P3. plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
- P4. select and use computational tools and packages (including programming languages where appropriate);
- P5. design, and where appropriate construct, new systems, components or processes;
- P6. undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results;
- P7. search for, retrieve and evaluate information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- P8. manage a project and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings at an appropriate level.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. manipulate, sort and present data in a range of forms;
- T2. use evidence based methods in the solution of complex problems;
- T3. work with limited, incomplete and/or contradictory information in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- T4. use an engineering and/or systems approach to the solution of problems in unfamiliar situations;
- T5. be creative and innovative in problem solving;
- T6. work effectively as part of a team and show potential for leadership;
- T7. use a wide range of information and communications technology;
- T8. manage time and resources;
- T9. use appropriate management tools;
- T10. communicate effectively orally, visually and in writing at an appropriate level;
- T11. learn effectively, continuously and independently in a variety of environments.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulosry Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA015 | Industrial Project in Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
WSA011 | Electronic Circuits | 20 |
MAA103 | Core Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Systems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
WSB003 | Electrical Science B | 20 |
WSB010 | Electronics | 20 |
MAB103 | Advanced Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control System Design | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS),Part I will be between Parts B and C or between Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.3 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD001 | Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
Optional Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC302 | Digital Communication Theory and Practice | 20 |
WSC303 | Renewable Energy Systems | 20 |
WSC318 | Embedded Systems Design and Implementation | 20 |
WSC331 | Bioelectricty and Biophotonics Engineering | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
Semester 2
Optional modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
4.4 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD030 | Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
WSD034 | Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Optional modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD506 | Digital Signal Processing | 15 |
WSD509 | Communication Networks | 15 |
WSD510 | Personal Radio Communications | 15 |
WSD511 | Information Theory and Coding | 15 |
WSD515 | Communication Channels | 15 |
WSD530 | Programming multi/many-core System | 15 |
WSD531 | Renewable Energy Technologies, Economics and policy | 15 |
WSD533 | Solar Power | 15 |
WSD534 | Introduction to Wind Turbine Technology | 15 |
WSD535 | Water Power | 15 |
WSD536 | Bioenergy | 15 |
WSD546 | Statistical Methods and Data Analysis | 15 |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD508 | Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio | 15 |
WSD516 | Telecommunications Network Security | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
WSD518 | Elements of Pulsed Power Technologies | 15 |
WSD523 | Antennas | 15 |
WSD525 | Advanced Electronic Engineering Applications | 15 |
WSD526 | Radio Frequency and Microwave Integrated Circuit Design | 15 |
WSD532 | Integration of Renewables | 15 |
WSD538 | Energy Storage | 10 |
WSD540 | Advanced Photovoltaics | 10 |
WSD541 | Wind Turbine Aerodynamics and Loads | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Programme Progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Electronic and Electrical Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40, to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body |
|
Final award | MEng/ MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS/ MEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Electrical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with either the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H601, H605 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The MEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering aims to:
A1. Produce high quality graduates capable of shaping the future of Electronic and Electrical Engineering by becoming leaders in their chosen career, whether in industry or academia
A2. Provide high-quality teaching and practical experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate new and emerging electronic and electrical engineering problems
A3. Develop engineers capable of designing innovative systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers
A4. Produce engineers with extensive knowledge and understanding of engineering management and business practices and of relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
A5. Develop graduates capable of integrating their knowledge of mathematics, science and the broader engineering context to solve complex problems.
A6. Promote innovation in engineering by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in in delivering successful solutions to both familiar and unfamiliar technical problems
A7. Support personal and professional development, including, problem solving, leadership, team work and both oral and written presentation skills, as well as the ability to take the initiative in improving personal performance
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence; Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence; The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, 2014.
The UK Quality Code for Higher Education. The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
K1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering
-
K2. Demonstrate an understanding of general engineering and broader principles relevant to engineering
-
K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes
-
K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes
-
K5. Demonstrate extensive knowledge of the application of management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, including their limitations
-
K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers
-
K7. Demonstrate awareness of developing technologies in electronic and electrical engineering
-
K8. Draw on a deep understanding of electronic and electrical engineering to form original solutions to engineering problems, some of which may have incomplete specifications
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
C3. Generate innovative designs for engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
P1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering
-
P2. Demonstrate a thorough understanding of current practice in defining and solving practical engineering problems, including its limitations and likely future direction
-
P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process
-
P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner
-
P5. Apply engineering techniques taking into account relevant codes of practice, commercial constraints and industry standards
-
P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights
-
P7. Work with technical uncertainty
-
P8. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources
-
T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
-
T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
-
T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, independently, as team member or as a team leader;
-
T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
-
T6. Plan self-learning and be able to take the initiative in improving personal performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulosry Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA019 | Industrial Group Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
WSA011 | Electronic Circuits | 20 |
MAA103 | Core Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Systems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
WSB003 | Electrical Science B | 20 |
WSB010 | Electronics | 20 |
MAB103 | Advanced Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control System Design | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or between Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.3 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD001 | Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
Optional Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC302 | Digital Communication Theory and Practice | 20 |
WSC303 | Renewable Energy Systems | 20 |
WSC318 | Embedded Systems Design and Implementation | 20 |
WSC331 | Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
Semester 2
Optional modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.4 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD030 | Advanced Individual Project | 50 |
WSD034 | Applying Management Theory | 10 |
Semester 1
Optional modules (20)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD506 | Digital Signal Processing | 15 |
WSD509 | Communication Networks | 15 |
WSD510 | Personal Radio Communications | 15 |
WSD511 | Information Theory and Coding | 15 |
WSD515 | Communication Channels | 15 |
WSD530 | Programming multi/many-core Systems | 15 |
WSD531 | Renewable Energy Technologies, Economics and policy | 15 |
WSD533 | Solar Power | 15 |
WSD534 | Introduction to Wind Turbine Technology | 15 |
WSD535 | Water Power | 15 |
WSD536 | Bioenergy | 15 |
WSD546 | Statistical Methods and Data Analysis | 15 |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD508 | Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio | 15 |
WSD516 | Telecommunications Network Security | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
WSD518 | Advanced Electronic Engineering Applications | 15 |
WSD523 | Antennas | 15 |
WSD526 | Radio Frequency and Microwave Integrated Circuit Design | 15 |
WSD532 | Integration of Renewables | 15 |
WSD538 | Energy Storage | 10 |
WSD540 | Advanced Photovoltaics | 10 |
WSD541 | Wind Turbine Aerodynamics and load | 10 |
XXXXXX | Options from the University Catalogue | 30 |
The options from the university catalogue allows a free choice of modules worth 30 credits from the University Catalogue. This choice should be restricted to modules from Part C or D level, subject to the overall requirement for the Part that at least 90 credits should be from Part D level or above. This free choice includes language modules from the University-wide Language Programme. The total of 120 credits should be arranged as near to 60 credits per semester as possible.
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Programme Progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Electronic and Electrical Engineeringl, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40, to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | MEng/MEng + DPS/MEng + DInts/MEng +DIS |
Programme title | Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM35 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies of Diploma of International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H673, H674 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The MEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering aims to:
- A1. Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development and analysis of complex systems
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems.
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing innovative systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
- A4. Produce engineers with extensive knowledge and understanding of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
- A5. Develop graduates capable of integrating their knowledge of mathematics, science and the broader engineering context to solve complex problems.
- A6. Promote innovation in engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A7. Support personal and professional development, including, problem solving, leadership, team work and both oral and written presentation skills, as well as the ability to take the initiative in improving personal performance.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
- Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering
- K2. Demonstrate an understanding of general engineering and broader principles relevant to engineering
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes
- K5. Demonstrate extensive knowledge of the application of management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, including their limitations
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers
- K7. Demonstrate awareness of developing technologies in robotics, mechatronics and control engineering
- K8. Draw on a deep understanding of robotics, mechatronics and control to form original solutions to engineering problems, some of which may have incomplete specifications.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Generate innovative designs for engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering
- P2. Demonstrate a thorough understanding of current practice in defining and solving practical engineering problems, including its limitations and likely future direction
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner
- P5. Apply engineering techniques taking into account relevant codes of practice, commercial constraints and industry standards
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty
- P8. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, independently, as team member or as a team leader;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning and be able to take the initiative in improving personal performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA019 | Industrial Group Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
WSA011 | Electronic Circuits | 20 |
MAA103 | Core Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Systems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics 2 | 10 |
Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB010 | Electronics | 20 |
WSB140 | Mechanics for Robotics | 20 |
MAB103 | Advanced Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB004 | Control System Design | 20 |
WSB009 | Mobile Robots | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Part B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulations XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulosry modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD001 | Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC312 | Systems Engineering Applications Theory | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
WSC108 | Manufacturing Automation and Control | 10 |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
Optional Modules (Student must choose 20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic Systems Design with FPGAs | 20 |
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD030 | Advanced Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
WSD034 | Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
WSD527 | Systems Modelling for Control Engineering | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD516 | Telecommunication Network Security | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
WSD532 | Integration of Renewables | 15 |
WSD062 | Understanding Complexity | 15 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for programme progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body |
|
Final award | MEng/ MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS/ MEng+DIntS |
Programme title | Electronic and Electrical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM10 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with either the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H601, H605 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The MEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering aims to:
A1. Produce high quality graduates capable of shaping the future of Electronic and Electrical Engineering by becoming leaders in their chosen career, whether in industry or academia
A2. Provide high-quality teaching and practical experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate new and emerging electronic and electrical engineering problems
A3. Develop engineers capable of designing innovative systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers
A4. Produce engineers with extensive knowledge and understanding of engineering management and business practices and of relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
A5. Develop graduates capable of integrating their knowledge of mathematics, science and the broader engineering context to solve complex problems.
A6. Promote innovation in engineering by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in in delivering successful solutions to both familiar and unfamiliar technical problems
A7. Support personal and professional development, including, problem solving, leadership, team work and both oral and written presentation skills, as well as the ability to take the initiative in improving personal performance
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence; Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence; The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, 2014.
The UK Quality Code for Higher Education. The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
K1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering
-
K2. Demonstrate an understanding of general engineering and broader principles relevant to engineering
-
K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes
-
K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes
-
K5. Demonstrate extensive knowledge of the application of management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, including their limitations
-
K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers
-
K7. Demonstrate awareness of developing technologies in electronic and electrical engineering
-
K8. Draw on a deep understanding of electronic and electrical engineering to form original solutions to engineering problems, some of which may have incomplete specifications
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
C3. Generate innovative designs for engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
P1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering
-
P2. Demonstrate a thorough understanding of current practice in defining and solving practical engineering problems, including its limitations and likely future direction
-
P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process
-
P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner
-
P5. Apply engineering techniques taking into account relevant codes of practice, commercial constraints and industry standards
-
P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights
-
P7. Work with technical uncertainty
-
P8. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
-
T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources
-
T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
-
T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
-
T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, independently, as team member or as a team leader;
-
T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
-
T6. Plan self-learning and be able to take the initiative in improving personal performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulosry Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA015 | Industrial Project in Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
WSA011 | Electronic Circuits | 20 |
MAA103 | Core Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Systems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Weight |
WSB003 | Electrical Science B | 20 |
WSB010 | Electronics | 20 |
MAB103 | Advanced Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB002 | Communications | 20 |
WSB004 | Control System Design | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or between Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.3 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD001 | Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
Optional Modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC302 | Digital Communication Theory and Practice | 20 |
WSC303 | Renewable Energy Systems | 20 |
WSC318 | Embedded Systems Design and Implementation | 20 |
WSC331 | Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
Semester 2
Optional modules (40 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic System Design with FPGAs | 20 |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.4 Part D - Degree Modules
Students need to select FOUR modules across the year, totaling 60 credits.
Students should look to balance the credit and workload across the year.
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD030 | Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
WSD034 | Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Optional modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD506 | Digital Signal Processing | 15 |
WSD509 | Communication Networks | 15 |
WSD510 | Personal Radio Communications | 15 |
WSD511 | Information Theory and Coding | 15 |
WSD515 | Communication Channels | 15 |
WSD530 | Programming multi/many-core Systems | 15 |
WSD531 | Renewable Energy Technologies, Economics and policy | 15 |
WSD533 | Solar Power | 15 |
WSD534 | Introduction to Wind Turbine Technology | 15 |
WSD535 | Water Power | 15 |
WSD536 | Bioenergy | 15 |
WSD546 | Statistical Methods and Data Analysis | 15 |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional modules
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD508 | Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio | 15 |
WSD516 | Telecommunications Network Security | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
WSD518 | Elements of Pulsed Power Technology | 15 |
WSD523 | Antennas | 15 |
WSD525 | Advanced Electronic Engineering Applications | 15 |
WSD526 | Radio Frequency and Microwave Integrated Circuit Design | 15 |
WSD532 | Integration of Renewables | 15 |
WSD538 | Energy Storage | 10 |
WSD540 | Advanced Photovoltaics | 10 |
WSD541 | Wind Turbine Aerodynamics and Load | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Programme Progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Electronic and Electrical Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40, to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
EL MEng (Hons) Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) |
Final award | MEng/MEng + DPS/MEng + DInts/MEng +DIS |
Programme title | Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM35 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies of Diploma of International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis. |
UCAS code | H673, H674 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
The MEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering aims to:
- A1. Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development and analysis of complex systems
- A2. Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems.
- A3. Develop engineers capable of designing innovative systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
- A4. Produce engineers with extensive knowledge and understanding of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
- A5. Develop graduates capable of integrating their knowledge of mathematics, science and the broader engineering context to solve complex problems.
- A6. Promote innovation in engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A7. Support personal and professional development, including, problem solving, leadership, team work and both oral and written presentation skills, as well as the ability to take the initiative in improving personal performance.
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
- UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
- Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
- The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
- Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
- Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- K1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering
- K2. Demonstrate an understanding of general engineering and broader principles relevant to engineering
- K3. Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes
- K4. Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes
- K5. Demonstrate extensive knowledge of the application of management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, including their limitations
- K6. Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers
- K7. Demonstrate awareness of developing technologies in robotics, mechatronics and control engineering
- K8. Draw on a deep understanding of robotics, mechatronics and control to form original solutions to engineering problems, some of which may have incomplete specifications.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply engineering principles to the analysis of robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
- C2. Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
- C3. Generate innovative designs for engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
- C4. Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering
- P2. Demonstrate a thorough understanding of current practice in defining and solving practical engineering problems, including its limitations and likely future direction
- P3. Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process
- P4. Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner
- P5. Apply engineering techniques taking into account relevant codes of practice, commercial constraints and industry standards
- P6. Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights
- P7. Work with technical uncertainty
- P8. Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources
- T2. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T3. Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
- T4. Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, independently, as team member or as a team leader;
- T5. Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
- T6. Plan self-learning and be able to take the initiative in improving personal performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA018 | Industrial Project in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA010 | Programming and Software Design | 20 |
WSA011 | Electronic Circuits | 20 |
MAA103 | Core Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA012 | Electrical Science A | 20 |
WSA013 | Digital Systems | 20 |
MAA203 | Core Mathematics 2 | 10 |
Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB013 | Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB010 | Electronics | 20 |
WSB140 | Mechanics for Robotics | 20 |
MAB103 | Advanced Mathematics 1 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB004 | Control System Design | 20 |
WSB009 | Mobile Robots | 20 |
MAB203 | Advanced Mathematics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I
Code | Title |
WSI010 | Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Part B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulations XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulosry modules (30 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD001 | Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC312 | Systems Engineering Applications Theory | 20 |
WSC341 | Digital and State Space Control | 20 |
WSC108 | Manufacturing Automation and Control | 10 |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC355 | Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation | 20 |
Optional Modules (Student must choose 20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC304 | Computer Networks | 20 |
WSC322 | Power Electronics | 20 |
WSC339 | Microwave Communication Systems | 20 |
WSC354 | Electronic Systems Design with FPGAs | 20 |
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (60 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD030 | Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
WSD034 | Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD568 | Sensors and Actuators for Control | 15 |
WSD527 | Systems Modelling for Control Engineering | 15 |
Semester 2
Optional Modules (15 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD516 | Telecommunication Network Security | 15 |
WSD517 | Mobile Network Technologies | 15 |
WSD532 | Integration of Renewables | 15 |
WSD062 | Understanding Complexity | 15 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for programme progression
In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.
In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.
Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40 to determine the final Programme Mark.
Programme Specification
MM MEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)
Academic Year: 2020/21
This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.
This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our .
This specification should be read in conjunction with:
- Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see
- The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at 天堂视频 (available soon)
- What makes 天堂视频 programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
- Summary
- Programme aims
- Learning outcomes
- Programme structure
- Progression and weighting
Programme summary
Awarding body/institution | 天堂视频 |
Teaching institution (if different) | |
Owning school/department | Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering |
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body | Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET) Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) |
Final award | MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts |
Programme title | Mechanical Engineering |
Programme code | WSUM03 |
Length of programme | The duration of the programme is either 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies. |
UCAS code | H302, H303 |
Admissions criteria | |
Date at which the programme specification was published |
1. Programme Aims
Aims:
- A1. To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems
- A2. To provide as high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems
- A3. To promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
- A4. To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers
- A5. To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering
- A6. To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice
2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:
- UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct.2019)
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan 2014
-
Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014
3. Programme Learning Outcomes
3.1 Knowledge and Understanding
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:
- K1. The underpinning scientific, mathematical and engineering principles associated with mechanical engineering;
- K2. The characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basis mechanical workshop practices;
- K3. Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
- K4. Relevant codes of practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
- K5. Recognise the professional and ethic responsibilities of engineers;
- K6. Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
- K7. Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economical context of the engineering business.
- K8. Developing technologies in areas of specialization and understanding of concepts from areas peripheral to mechanical engineering, including a thorough appreciation of microprocessors and machine control software.
3.2 Skills and other attributes
a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- C1. Apply the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
- C2. Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
- C3. Integrate, evaluate and make use of information and data from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
- C4. Generate innovative designs by evaluating and responding to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
- C5. Analyse complex mechanical systems, processes and components;
- C6. Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
- C7. Investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge and learn new theories, concepts and methods in familiar situations.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- P1. Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering system, components and products;
- P2. Define and solve practical engineering problems;
- P3. Use laboratory and basis workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
- P4. Generate ideas for new products and develop and evaluate a range of new solutions;
- P5. Gather and interpret information and evaluate designs;
- P6. Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process and apply appropriate techniques and codes of practice to the design of components and systems;
- P7. Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer-graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
- P8. Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
- P9. Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
- P10. Demonstrate high levels of organizational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:
On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:
- T1. Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
- T2. Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
- T3. Adopt systematic approach to the solution of unfamiliar problems;
- T4. Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
- T5. Solve problems applying engineering techniques and tools;
- T6. Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentational skills;
- T7. Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
- T8. Organise and manage time and resources effectively: develop work plans, take responsibility for their execution;
- T9. Undertake most of the technical roles within a team and exercise leadership;
- T10. Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning.
4. Programme structure
4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory modules (100 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAA310 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA101 | Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA508 | Engineering Principles & Professional Skills (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA604 | Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
WSA800 | Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) | 20 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA901 | Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSA100 | Mechanics of Materials | 10 |
4.2 Part B - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB300 | Engineering Computation (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
WSB500 | Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) | 10 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
MAB110 | Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 3 | 10 |
WSB100 | Mechanics of Materials 2 | 10 |
WSB101 | Engineering Dynamics 2 |
10 |
WSB104 |
Control Engineering | 10 |
WSB800 | Thermodynamics 2 | 10 |
Semester 2
Compulsory modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSB045 | Electrical Power & Machines | 10 |
WSB403 | Design of Machine Elements | 10 |
WSB404 | Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) | 10 |
WSB801 | Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSB802 | Fluid Mechanics 2 | 10 |
4.3 Part I – Optional Placement Year
Code | Title |
WSI010 | DIS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
WSI020 | DPS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
WSI035 | DIntS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing) |
For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C or Part C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.
4.4 Part C - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (50 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD550 | Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) | 50 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (20 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC200 | Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality | 10 |
WSC900 | Computer Control and Instrumentation | 10 |
Optional Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.
TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.
Group D has deepening pairs associated to Part D modules, students should select TWO modules (20 credits) of modules from this group which will be followed on in Part D.
ONE module (10 credits) must be selected from each of Group D, E, F and G. Modules in Group D and E are paired with modules in Part D.
A language options can only be selected in Semester 1 OR Semester 2, not both.
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC801 | Advanced Heat Transfer | 10 |
WSC804 | Energy Systems Analysis | 10 |
WSC910 | Laser Materials Processing | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC104 | Robotics and Control | 10 |
WSC107 | Contacts Mechanics: Tribology | 10 |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 2
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC101 | Vibration and Noise (1b) | 10 |
WSC105 | Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery (1a) | 10 |
WSC106 | Finite Element Analysis (1c) | 10 |
WSC802 | Computational Fluid Dynamics 1 (1d) | 10 |
MPC012 | Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1e) | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credtis |
WSC301 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion | 10 |
WSC911 | Industrial Machine Vision | 10 |
MPC014 | Materials in Service | 10 |
MPC102 | Fracture and Failure | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.5 Part D - Degree Modules
Semester 1 and 2
Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD503 | Product Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) | 30 |
Semester 1
Compulsory Modules (10 credits)
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD403 | Engineering Design Management | 10 |
Optional Modules
Students need to select TWO deepening modules from Group B, these shoud follow on from modules taken in Part C.
Students MUST select ONE module from Group A (either Semester 1 or Semester 2).
Language options can ONLY be taken in Semester One OR Semester Two, not both.
No more than ONE module may be taken from each group, with a total of 40 credits to be selected in Semester 2.
NOTE: Students who elect to study WSD900 in Semester One only need to select 30 credits as this module runs over both semesters.
Students cannot register for modules already studied in Part C.
Semester 1 & 2
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD900 | Intelligent Automation Using Machine Learning | 10 |
Semester 1
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD500 | Project Leadership | 10 |
Group B
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD100 | Structural Integrity (2c) | 10 |
WSD101 | Drive Train Dynamics (2b) | 10 |
WSD102 | Non-Linear Dynamics (2a) | 10 |
WSD802 | Computational Fluid Dynamics (2d) | 10 |
MPD014 | Polymer Engineering 2 - Properties and Design (2e) | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC606 | Additive Manufacturing for Product Development | 10 |
WSC602 | Sustainable Engineering | 10 |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
Semester 1
Group A
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD407 | Sustainable Product Design | 10 |
Group C
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD902 | Laser and Optical Measurements | 10 |
Group D
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC301 | Computer Aided Engineering | 10 |
WSC800 | Internal Combustion Engines | 20 |
WSC803 | Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion | 10 |
Group E
Code | Title | Credits |
WSC610 | Healthcare Engineering | 10 |
WSC700 | Sports Engineering | 10 |
Group F
Code | Title | Credits |
WSD602 | Industial Sustainability | 10 |
WSD606 | Additive Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering | 10 |
Group G
Code | Title | Credits |
LAN*** | University Wide Language | 10 |
All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.
4.7 Studies Overseas
Students may choose to study Semester 1 (only) during their Part D, at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the programme director for their course. An acceptable learning programme should, where possible, include a group project and studies at an advanced/masters level.
5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
5.1 Criteria for Progression and Degree Award
Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.
To qualify for the award of the Degree of Master of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall of 55%.
5.2 Criteria for candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the award of a Degree.
Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat Module Assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng degree programme in Mechanical Engineering, before commencing Part C, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression for that programme at the appropriate point.
In exceptional circumstances, any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of the degree of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Mechanical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.
6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification
Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level modules assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks will be combined in the ratio Part B - 20, Part C - 40, Part D – 40 to determine the overall average percentage mark for the programme (the programme mark).